PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS INC
S-1, 1996-07-03
Previous: TCW DW STRATEGIC INCOME TRUST, N-1A EL, 1996-07-03
Next: SNYDER COMMUNICATIONS INC, S-1, 1996-07-03



<PAGE>
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 3, 1996
 
                                                   REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
                                 --------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 --------------
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          8090                  16-1476509
 (State of other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
     of incorporation or         Classification Code Number)     Identification
        organization)                                               Number)
</TABLE>
 
                                46 PRINCE STREET
                           ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14607
                                 (716) 242-7200
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                             MR. DONALD A. CARLBERG
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                46 PRINCE STREET
                           ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14607
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                                ----------------
 
                          COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
       Jeffrey A. Baumel, Esq.                  Frederick W. Kanner, Esq.
       Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan,                       Dewey Ballantine
        Griffinger & Vecchione                 1301 Avenue of the Americas
         One Riverfront Plaza                 New York, New York 10019-6092
       Newark, New Jersey 07102                       (212) 259-8000
            (201) 596-4500
</TABLE>
 
                                ----------------
 
   APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
                                    PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                                ----------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), check the following box. / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act  registration statement number of earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
- -------------
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
- -------------
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box. / /
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                            AMOUNT TO      PROPOSED MAXIMUM     AGGREGATE
        TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                  BE          OFFERING PRICE       OFFERING         AMOUNT OF
      SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED         REGISTERED (1)    PER SHARE (2)       PRICE (2)      REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                      <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share      2,875,000           $12.00         $34,500,000         $11,897
</TABLE>
 
(1)  Includes 375,000 shares that may be purchased pursuant to the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option.
 
(2) Estimated  solely  for  the  purpose of  determining  the  registration  fee
    pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act.
                                ----------------
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933 OR  UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
 
           REGISTRATION STATEMENT
              ITEM AND HEADING           LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
    ------------------------------------
  1. Forepart of the Registration
     Statement and Outside Front Cover
     Page of Prospectus................. Outside Front Cover Page
 
  2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
     Pages of Prospectus................ Inside Front Cover Page; Outside
                                         Back Cover Page
 
  3. Summary Information, Risk Factors
     and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
     Charges............................ The Company; Prospectus Summary;
                                         Risk Factors
 
  4. Use of Proceeds..................... Use of Proceeds
 
  5. Determination of Offering Price..... Outside Front Cover Page; Risk
                                         Factors; Underwriting
 
  6. Dilution............................ Risk Factors; Dilution
 
  7. Selling Security Holders............ Not Applicable
 
  8. Plan of Distribution................ Outside Front Cover Page;
                                         Underwriting
 
  9. Description of Securities to be
     Registered......................... Description of Capital Stock
 
 10. Interests of Named Experts and
     Counsel............................ Not Applicable
 
 11. Information with Respect to the
     Registrant.........................
 
<TABLE>
<C>  <S><C>                       <C>
     a. Description of Business... Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors;
                                   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                                   Financial Condition and Results of
                                   Operations; Business; Note 1 of Notes
                                   to Financial Statements
     b. Description of Property... Business--Properties
     c. Legal Proceedings......... Business--Legal Matters
     d. Market Price of and
         Dividends on Equity
         Securities............... Outside Front Cover Page; Risk Factors;
                                   Dividend Policy; Description of Capital
                                   Stock
     e. Financial Statements...... Financial Statements
     f. Selected Financial Data... Prospectus Summary; Selected Financial
                                  Data
     g. Supplementary Financial
         Information.............. Not Applicable
     h. Management's Discussion
         and Analysis of Financial
         Condition and Results of
         Operations............... Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                                   Financial Condition and Results of
                                   Operations
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          REGISTRATION STATEMENT
             ITEM AND HEADING      LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
        --------------------------
<C>  <S><C>                        <C>
     i. Changes in and
         Disagreements with
         Accountants on Accounting
         and Financial
         Disclosure............... Not Applicable
 
     j. Directors and Executive
         Officers................. Management; Principal Stockholders
 
     k. Executive Compensation.... Management
 
     1. Security Ownership of
         Certain Beneficial Owners
         and Management........... Principal Stockholders
 
     m. Certain Relationships and
         Related Transactions..... Certain Transactions
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<C>  <S><C>                        <C>
12.     Disclosure of Commission
         Position on
         Indemnification for
         Securities Act
         Liabilities.............. Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 3, 1996
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                                2,500,000 SHARES
 
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                   ---------
 
    All of the shares of Common Stock  offered hereby are being sold by  Patient
Infosystems, Inc. (the "Company").
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of  the Company.  It is currently  anticipated that the  initial public offering
price will be approximately $12.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to  the factors  to be  considered in  determining the  initial  public
offering  price. Application has been made to have the Common Stock approved for
listing on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "PATI."
 
    THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED  HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH  DEGREE OF RISK. SEE  "RISK
FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 5.
                                 -------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS   THE
   SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
                REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     UNDERWRITING
                               PRICE TO             DISCOUNTS AND            PROCEEDS TO
                                PUBLIC             COMMISSIONS (1)           COMPANY (2)
<S>                     <C>                     <C>                     <C>
Per Share                         $                       $                       $
Total(3)                          $                       $                       $
</TABLE>
 
  (1) The  Company  has agreed  to  indemnify the  Underwriters  against certain
      liabilities, including liabilities  under the Securities  Act of 1933,  as
      amended. See "Underwriting."
 
  (2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $      payable by the Company.
 
  (3) The Company has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to
      375,000 additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments,
      if  any. If the Underwriters exercise such option in full, the total Price
      to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to  Company
      will  be $             , $           and $             , respectively. See
      "Underwriting."
 
                                 --------------
 
    The shares of  Common Stock are  being offered by  the several  Underwriters
named  herein,  subject to  prior sale,  when, as  and if  accepted by  them and
subject to certain conditions. It is  expected that certificates for the  shares
of  Common  Stock offered  hereby will  be  available for  delivery on  or about
           , 1996 at the offices of Smith Barney Inc., 333 West 34th Street, New
York, New York 10001.
 
                                 --------------
 
SMITH BARNEY INC.                                        NEEDHAM & COMPANY, INC.
 
           , 1996
<PAGE>
                               [GRAPHICS TO COME]
 
                                 --------------
 
    The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing  audited  financial statements  and quarterly  reports for  the first
three quarters  of  each  fiscal year  containing  unaudited  summary  financial
information.  This Prospectus includes  trade names and  trademarks of companies
other than the Company.
 
                                 --------------
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH  STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN THE  MARKET  PRICE OF  THE COMPANY'S
COMMON STOCK AT A  LEVEL ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE  OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  TRANSACTIONS MAY  BE EFFECTED  ON THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING  ELSEWHERE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS TO BE
CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Patient  Infosystems, Inc. (the  "Company") provides patient-centered health
care information systems  that proactively  collect and  analyze information  to
improve  patient compliance with prescribed treatments. The Company's technology
platform integrates  treatment  compliance  algorithms with  an  advanced  voice
recognition telephone system, high speed data processing and analysis capability
and  demand  publishing and  information  distribution capabilities.  The system
communicates directly  with the  patient at  home in  order to  elicit  relevant
patient-specific  data, evaluate  the data  and automatically  transmit computer
generated reports to health care payors, providers and patients tailored to  the
specific needs of each recipient.
 
    The  Company markets its services  to pharmaceutical manufacturers, pharmacy
benefit managers  and health  care  payors and  providers  to collect  data  not
obtained  in a clinic setting and enhance compliance by patients with prescribed
treatments. The  Company's disease  state management  programs are  designed  to
provide  the following benefits:  (i) for patients,  improved communication with
health care resources, enhanced self-care skills, increased treatment  adherence
resulting  in  improved  quality of  care  and reduced  inconvenience,  risk and
expense associated  with unscheduled  physician interventions;  (ii) for  health
care  providers, more information on patient progress, quicker identification of
hard-to-manage   patients,   enhanced   ability   to   make   timely   treatment
modifications,  triage capability  and expanded  information for  development of
improved treatment  protocols;  and  (iii)  for  payors  and  program  sponsors,
cost-effective  management of the disease  risk, improved patient compliance and
outcomes and enhanced patient and provider satisfaction.
 
    According to  the  Federal  government, national  health  expenditures  have
increased from $540 billion in 1988 (11.1% of gross national product ("GNP")) to
a  projected $1 trillion  in 1995 (15.7%  of projected GNP).  One way to achieve
significant savings in health care costs is  to change the way that health  care
is  delivered to  patients by  focusing on  quality and  cost efficient clinical
outcomes.  Since  a   substantial  portion   of  most   treatment  regimens   is
self-administered, patient compliance is critical to achieving quality outcomes.
Estimates  vary from disease to disease, but generally indicate that between 30%
and 60% of all patients fail to take medications as prescribed. The consequences
of  patient  non-compliance   with  prescribed  treatment   plans  represent   a
significant portion of health care expenditures. One third-party study indicated
that  patient non-compliance  results in  $100 billion  in health  care and lost
productivity costs  annually.  Costs  associated  with  treating  patients  with
chronic   diseases  who  fail  to  adhere   to  prescribed  regimens  have  been
particularly difficult to control. When long-term treatments for chronic disease
have been prescribed, as many as 80% of all patients fail to carry out correctly
at least  one  element  of  the disease  treatment  regimen.  Most  health  care
information  systems in use today  gather information in the  hospital or at the
clinician's office and do not monitor adequately patient condition away from the
point of  care.  The  Company  believes that  by  coupling  effective  treatment
protocols  with the ability  to monitor patient  condition and treatment regimen
compliance between physician interventions, health care providers and payors can
significantly enhance clinical outcomes while reducing costs.
 
    The Company's  strategy  is  to capitalize  on  its  information  technology
platform  to  become  the  leading  provider  of  patient-centered  health  care
information programs. The key  elements of this strategy  are to: (i)  introduce
information  system programs  for specific  diseases on  a customized  basis for
client-specified disease  targets  and  on a  standardized  basis  for  diseases
selected  by  the  Company  and marketed  to  multiple  clients;  (ii) implement
marketing and  awareness  programs to  establish  and demonstrate  the  expected
clinical  benefits  and  cost-effectiveness  of  the  Company's  systems through
clinical studies, protocol development and research publications; (iii)  analyze
collected  outcomes  data  with advanced  computational  intelligence, including
neural networks,  fuzzy  logic  and  genetic  algorithms,  to  develop  improved
clinical protocols; (iv) develop or acquire additional technologies that enhance
its  ability to gather information and  interact with patients while the patient
is away from the health care provider; and (v) leverage the Company's technology
platform to  develop  additional  applications,  such  as  clinical  trial  data
compilation  and analysis, patient surveys, clinical outcomes evaluation, demand
management and case management.
 
    The Company was founded in February 1995, signed its first customer contract
in September 1995  and plans to  enroll its  first patients in  its programs  in
1996.   Bristol-Myers   Squibb  Company,   U.S.  Pharmaceuticals   Division  and
Oncology/Immunology Division  (collectively, "Bristol-Myers")  has retained  the
Company  to provide customized  disease state management  systems for congestive
heart failure, cardiovascular disease, chronic  pain and weight management.  The
Bristol-Myers  agreements call for development  fees and per patient operational
fees. In June 1996, the Company  entered into services agreements with  American
HomePatient,   Inc.  ("American   HomePatient")  and   with  Equifax  Healthcare
Administrative  Services,  a   division  of  Equifax,   Inc.  ("Equifax"),   for
standardized programs for patients suffering from asthma, each of which provides
for  the Company to receive a per  patient fee for services provided to enrolled
patients over the duration of the program.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
Common Stock being offered.....................................  2,500,000 shares (1)
Common Stock outstanding after the offering....................  9,904,000 shares (1)(2)
Use of proceeds................................................  For expansion of systems capabilities, for sales and
                                                                 marketing activities and for working capital and
                                                                 other general corporate purposes
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.........................  "PATI"
</TABLE>
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    There are  a  number  of risks  that  must  be overcome  for  the  Company's
integrated  disease  state  management system  to  succeed,  including achieving
market acceptance. See "Risk Factors."
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             FROM
                                                                       FEBRUARY 22, 1995
                                                                           (DATE OF                              FROM FEBRUARY 22,
                                                                          INCEPTION)                               1995 (DATE OF
                                                                        TO DECEMBER 31,    THREE MONTHS ENDED   INCEPTION) TO MARCH
                                                                             1995            MARCH 31, 1996          31, 1996
                                                                       -----------------  --------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>                <C>                   <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.............................................................    $     113,000        $    166,236         $     279,236
Total operating expenses.............................................        1,255,661             743,340             1,999,001
                                                                       -----------------        ----------      -------------------
Operating loss.......................................................       (1,142,661)           (577,104)           (1,719,765)
Interest income......................................................           26,009               8,899                34,908
                                                                       -----------------        ----------      -------------------
Net loss.............................................................    $  (1,116,652)       $   (568,205)        $  (1,684,857)
                                                                       -----------------        ----------      -------------------
                                                                       -----------------        ----------      -------------------
Pro forma net loss per common and
 common share equivalents(3).........................................    $        (.14)       $       (.07)        $        (.21)
                                                                       -----------------        ----------      -------------------
                                                                       -----------------        ----------      -------------------
Pro forma weighted average common and common share equivalents.......        8,204,030           8,207,992             8,207,992
                                                                       -----------------        ----------      -------------------
                                                                       -----------------        ----------      -------------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                                                  ACTUAL           AS ADJUSTED (4)
                                                                             -----------------   -------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                 <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital............................................................     $  (87,803)          $30,212,197
Total assets...............................................................      1,356,683            31,656,683
Total liabilities..........................................................        759,723               759,723
Deficit accumulated during the development stage...........................     (1,684,857)           (1,684,857)
Total stockholders' equity.................................................        596,960            30,896,960
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Does not  include 375,000 shares  of Common Stock  that may be  sold by  the
    Company   pursuant   to   the  Underwriters'   over-allotment   option.  See
    "Underwriting."
(2) Based on the  number of shares  of Common Stock outstanding  as of June  30,
    1996.  Includes 2,400,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion in
    connection with this  offering of  all outstanding shares  of the  Company's
    Series  A Convertible Preferred  Stock (the "Series  A Preferred Stock") and
    Series B Convertible Preferred  Stock (the "Series  B Preferred Stock"  and,
    collectively  with the Series A  Preferred Stock, the "Convertible Preferred
    Stock"). Excludes (i)  1,106,000 shares  of Common Stock  issuable upon  the
    exercise  of options outstanding under the  Company's stock option plan at a
    weighted average exercise price of $.55 per share and (ii) 155,503 shares of
    Common Stock  issuable  upon  the exercise  of  outstanding  stock  purchase
    warrants  at  a  weighted average  exercise  price  of $.56  per  share. See
    "Management--Stock Option Plan," "Description of  Capital Stock" and Note  5
    of Notes to Financial Statements.
(3)  See  Note 1  of  Notes to  Financial Statements  for  a description  of the
    calculation of pro forma net loss per share.
(4) Gives effect to the sale of  600,000 shares of the Series B Preferred  Stock
    at  a price of $5.00 per share in the second quarter of 1996, the conversion
    of all  outstanding shares  of Convertible  Preferred Stock  into  2,400,000
    shares  of Common Stock in connection with this offering and the sale of the
    shares of Common Stock offered hereby  (at an assumed public offering  price
    of   $12.00  per  share  and  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and
    commissions and estimated  offering expenses) and  receipt of the  estimated
    net proceeds therefrom.
 
                               ------------------
 
    UNLESS  OTHERWISE INDICATED, INFORMATION  IN THIS PROSPECTUS  (I) ASSUMES NO
EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OPTION TO PURCHASE FROM THE COMPANY UP TO  375,000
ADDITIONAL  SHARES  OF  COMMON  STOCK TO  COVER  OVER-ALLOTMENTS,  IF  ANY, (II)
REFLECTS, UPON THE  CLOSING OF THIS  OFFERING, THE AUTOMATIC  CONVERSION OF  ALL
OUTSTANDING SHARES OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK INTO AN AGGREGATE OF 2,400,000
SHARES  OF  COMMON STOCK  AND  (III) DOES  NOT GIVE  EFFECT  TO THE  ISSUANCE OF
1,261,503 SHARES  OF COMMON  STOCK  ISSUABLE UPON  THE EXERCISE  OF  OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS  AND  WARRANTS.  SEE "MANAGEMENT--STOCK  OPTION  PLAN,"  "DESCRIPTION OF
CAPITAL STOCK,"  "UNDERWRITING"  AND  NOTES  4  AND  5  OF  NOTES  TO  FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The  Company was incorporated in the State  of Delaware on February 22, 1995
under the name DSMI Corp., changed its name to Disease State Management, Inc. on
October 13, 1995 and then changed its name to Patient Infosystems, Inc. on  June
28,  1996. The  Company's principal executive  offices are located  at 46 Prince
Street, Rochester, New York 14607, and its telephone number is 716-242-7200.
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    An investment in the shares of  Common Stock offered hereby involves a  high
degree  of  risk.  In  evaluating  the  Company  and  its  business, prospective
investors should carefully consider the following risk factors. This  Prospectus
contains, in addition to historical information, forward-looking statements that
involve  risks  and uncertainties.  The  Company's actual  results  could differ
materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors
that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not  limited
to,  those  discussed  below  as  well  as  those  discussed  elsewhere  in this
Prospectus.
 
DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY WITH LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; OPERATING LOSSES
 
    The Company was formed on February 22, 1995, is in the development stage and
has a limited operating history from which to evaluate its performance. To date,
the Company  has generated  limited  revenues and  through  March 31,  1996  had
incurred  cumulative losses of $1,684,857, which losses are continuing. Although
the Company has completed the development of its integrated information  capture
and  delivery  system,  and  the Company  is  developing  several  disease state
management programs for specific diseases, further development activities may be
necessary to implement  these programs.  The Company  has not  yet enrolled  any
patients  in any disease state management  program. The Company anticipates that
its losses will  continue at  least until it  has completed  the development  of
programs for several customers and has begun providing services to a substantial
number  of patients for  such customers. The Company  may encounter problems and
delays in its research and development  or sales and marketing efforts, and  the
failure  to address these problems and delays successfully could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business prospects. The Company's prospects must
be considered in light of the numerous risks, expenses, delays and  difficulties
frequently  encountered in  the establishment of  a new business  in an industry
characterized by  intense competition,  as well  as the  risks inherent  in  the
development of new programs and the commercialization of new services. There can
be no assurance that the Company's development efforts will result in an ability
to  provide any  services that  can be  marketed or  operated in  a commercially
successful manner, or that any such services will be able to compete with  other
services that might be in the market at the time that the Company's services are
made  available.  There  can  be  no assurance  that  the  Company  will achieve
recurring revenue  or  profitability  on  a consistent  basis  or  at  all.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations" and the Financial Statements.
 
TECHNOLOGICAL FACTORS; UNCERTAINTY OF SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION
 
    The Company  has  not yet  tested  its integrated  information  capture  and
delivery  system  in  commercial  use,  and  no  assurance  can  be  given  that
substantial additional programming and development efforts will not be necessary
to allow the Company to contact patients and to publish and process  information
with  the required  speed and  accuracy. The Company  may be  required to devote
considerable additional efforts and resources to enhance and refine its software
and hardware, and such efforts will remain subject to all of the risks  inherent
in the development and commercialization of new products and services, including
unanticipated  delays, expenses, additional  technical problems or difficulties,
changes in customer preferences or needs, as well as the possible  insufficiency
of  funds  which  could  result  in abandonment  or  substantial  change  in the
development or  commercialization of  the Company's  services. There  can be  no
assurance  that the  Company will  be able  to complete  the development  of its
disease management programs or  that it will be  able to develop the  additional
program  enhancements needed to  keep pace with  anticipated changes in customer
preferences and needs. See "Business--Information Capture, Delivery and Analysis
Technologies."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
TERMINABILITY OF AGREEMENTS; EXCLUSIVITY PROVISIONS
 
    The  Company's  current  services  agreements  with  its  customers  may  be
terminated  by those  customers without  cause upon  30 or  90 days'  notice. In
addition, the Company  has agreed not  to engage or  participate in any  project
other   than  those  under  development   for  Bristol-Myers  that  involve  the
development or  implementation  of a  program  similar to  those  developed  for
Bristol-Myers  for  specified  time  periods  (the  "Exclusivity  Periods").  In
general, at the  completion of  the Exclusivity Periods,  Bristol-Myers has  the
right  to negotiate an exclusive arrangement  for these disease state management
programs provided that a specified minimum  number of patients have enrolled  in
the  programs or that it agrees to pay an exclusivity fee. Bristol-Myers has the
further right,  in the  event exclusive  arrangements cannot  be negotiated,  to
match  any bona  fide offers  made to the  Company for  disease state management
programs for  these  categories  of patients  for  a  period of  time  from  the
conclusion  of  the  Exclusivity  Periods.  These  exclusivity  provisions could
restrict the Company's ability  to market its services  to other customers.  The
Company  will charge  its customers  a per  patient program  fee; however, while
Bristol-Myers is  required  to  enroll  a minimum  number  of  patients  in  the
congestive  heart failure  and weight  enhancement programs,  there are  no such
requirements for  any of  the  Company's other  programs. In  general,  customer
contracts  may  include  significant  performance  criteria  and  implementation
schedules for  the  Company. Failure  to  satisfy  such criteria  or  meet  such
schedules could result in termination of the agreements. See "Business--Customer
Agreements."
 
CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION
 
    The  Company's  current  contracts are  concentrated  in a  small  number of
customers, with five of the Company's seven contracts being with  Bristol-Myers.
The  Company expects that its sales of  services will be concentrated in a small
number of customers for  the foreseeable future. Consequently,  the loss of  any
one of its customers could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
operations.  There can be  no assurance that customers  will enroll a sufficient
number of patients in the programs developed  by the Company for the Company  to
achieve  or maintain profitability, or that customers will renew their contracts
upon expiration or on  terms favorable to  the Company. See  "Business--Customer
Agreements."
 
NEW CONCEPT; UNCERTAINTY OF MARKET ACCEPTANCE AND COMMERCIALIZATION STRATEGY
 
    In connection with the commercialization of the Company's health information
system, the Company is marketing a new service designed to link patients, health
care  providers  and  payors  in  order  to  provide  specialized  disease state
management for targeted chronic diseases. This  is a new business concept in  an
industry  characterized  by an  increasing number  of  market entrants  who have
introduced or are developing an array of new services. As is typical in the case
of a new  business concept, demand  and market acceptance  for newly  introduced
services  are  subject to  a  high level  of uncertainty,  and  there can  be no
assurance as  to the  ultimate  level of  market  acceptance for  the  Company's
system,  especially in  the health  care industry,  in which  the containment of
costs is emphasized. The Company has entered into contracts with a very  limited
number  of  customers  and  has  not yet  begun  to  provide  services  to these
customers. No conclusions can be made  with respect to the market acceptance  of
the  Company's services based  on this customer base.  Because of the subjective
nature of patient compliance, the Company may be unable, for an extensive period
of time, to  develop a significant  amount of data  to demonstrate to  potential
customers  the effectiveness of its services. Even after such time, no assurance
can be  given  that  the  Company's  data and  results  will  be  convincing  or
determinative  as to the success  of its system. There  can be no assurance that
increased marketing efforts and the  implementation of the Company's  strategies
will  result in  market acceptance  for its  services or  that a  market for the
Company's services  will develop  or not  be limited.  See "Business--Sales  and
Marketing."
 
DEPENDENCE ON CUSTOMERS FOR MARKETING AND PATIENT ENROLLMENT
 
    The   Company  has  limited  marketing  experience  and  limited  financial,
personnel and other resources to  undertake extensive marketing activities.  One
element  of  the  Company's marketing  strategy  involves  marketing specialized
disease state management programs to  pharmaceutical companies, with the  intent
that  the pharmaceutical  company customers will  market the  program to parties
responsible for the payment of health
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
care costs, who will enroll patients  in the programs. Accordingly, the  Company
will  to a degree be dependent  upon pharmaceutical company customers, over whom
it has no control, for the marketing and implementation of its initial programs.
The timing and extent of patient enrollment is completely within the control  of
the  Company's customers. To the extent that  an adequate number of patients are
not enrolled in the program, or enrollment of initial patients by a customer  is
delayed for any reason, the Company's revenue may be insufficient to support its
activities. See "Business--Customer Agreements."
 
UNPREDICTABILITY OF PATIENT BEHAVIOR
 
    The  ability  of  the  Company  to  monitor  patient  behavior  and  provide
information to health care providers and payors, and consequently the success of
the Company's  disease  state management  system,  will be  dependent  upon  the
accuracy of information received from patients. The Company does not expect that
it  will  take  specific measures  to  determine  the accuracy  and  veracity of
information  provided  to  the  Company  by  patients  regarding  their  medical
histories.  No  assurance can  be  given that  the  information provided  to the
Company by patients will  be accurate. To the  extent that patients have  chosen
not to comply with prescribed treatments, such patients might provide inaccurate
information  to avoid  detection. Because  of the  subjective nature  of medical
treatment, it will be difficult for the Company to validate or confirm any  such
information.  In  the event  that patients  enrolled  in the  Company's programs
provide inaccurate information  to a  significant degree, the  Company would  be
materially  and adversely affected. Many potential  customers may seek data from
the Company with respect to the results of its programs prior to retaining it to
develop new disease state management  or other health information programs.  The
Company's  ability to market its system to new customers may be limited if it is
unable to demonstrate successful results for its programs. See "Business-- Sales
and Marketing."
 
ABILITY TO MANAGE GROWTH
 
    The  Company  is  retaining  a  program  development  and  operating   staff
sufficient  to  handle its  current  and anticipated  business  commitments, and
consequently is experiencing a period of rapid growth and expansion. Such growth
and expansion has placed and will continue to place a significant strain on  the
Company's   development,  administrative  personnel  and  other  resources.  The
Company's ability to manage such growth effectively will require the Company  to
continue  improving  its  operational,  management  and  financial  systems  and
controls and  to train,  motivate and  manage its  employees. As  a result,  the
Company  is subject to  certain risks of  expansion, including the  risk that it
will be unable  to retain the  necessary personnel and  acquire other  resources
necessary  to manage such growth adequately. In addition, to the extent that the
Company commences its  expansion activities  in anticipation of  growth, it  may
undertake   significant   financial   commitments  for   which   it   will  have
responsibility whether or not it enters into any additional services  agreements
and  regardless of the timing of  payment for services. Accordingly, the Company
will likely have  significant financial commitments  without necessarily  having
the revenues to offset such expenses. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
CHANGES IN THE HEALTH CARE INDUSTRY
 
    The  health care  industry is  subject to  changing political,  economic and
regulatory influences that may affect  the procurement practices and  operations
of health care industry participants. Several lawmakers have announced that they
intend to propose programs to reform the U.S. health care system. These programs
may contain proposals to increase governmental involvement in health care, lower
reimbursement  rates  and otherwise  change  the operating  environment  for the
Company and its targeted customers. Health care industry participants may  react
to  these proposals and the uncertainty surrounding such proposals by curtailing
or deferring certain expenditures, including  those for the Company's  programs.
The  Company cannot predict what impact, if any, such changes in the health care
industry might  have  on  its  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.  In addition, many health care providers are consolidating to create
larger health care delivery enterprises with greater regional market power. As a
result, the remaining enterprises could have greater bargaining power, which may
lead to price erosion of the Company's  programs. The failure of the Company  to
maintain  adequate  price levels  could have  a material  adverse effect  on the
Company. See "Business--Industry Overview."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND OBSOLESCENCE
 
    The development  and  maintenance  of the  telecommunications  and  computer
publishing systems through which the Company operates its integrated information
capture  and  delivery  system  is  a  major  component  of  its  business.  The
communications and information  technology industries are  subject to rapid  and
significant  technological change, and the ability of the Company to operate and
compete is dependent in  significant part on its  ability to update and  enhance
its  system continuously. In order to do so, the Company must be able to utilize
effectively  its  research  and  development  capabilities  and  implement   new
technology  in order to enhance its systems.  At the same time, the Company must
not jeopardize  its ability  to  contact patients  and  to process  and  publish
patient  information or adapt to customer preferences  or needs. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be  able to develop and implement  technological
changes  to its  system. In addition,  following this offering  the Company will
maintain a significant investment in its technology, and therefore is subject to
the risk  of  technological  obsolescence.  If  the  Company's  technology  were
rendered  obsolete,  the  Company's  business  and  operating  results  would be
materially adversely affected. See "Business--Information Capture, Delivery  and
Analysis Technologies."
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The health care industry, including the current and proposed business of the
Company,  is  subject to  extensive  regulation by  both  the Federal  and state
governments. A number of  states have extensive  licensing and other  regulatory
requirements   applicable  to  companies  that  provide  health  care  services.
Additionally, services provided  to health  benefit plans in  certain cases  are
subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
("ERISA") and may be affected by other state and Federal statutes.
 
    Generally,  state laws prohibit the practice of medicine and nursing without
a license.  Many states  interpret the  practice of  nursing to  include  health
teaching,  health counseling, the provision of care supportive to or restorative
of life and well  being and the  execution of medical  regimens prescribed by  a
physician.  Accordingly, to  the extent  that the  Company assists  providers in
improving patient compliance  by publishing educational  materials or  providing
behavior modification training to patients, such activities could be deemed by a
state  to be the practice  of medicine or nursing.  Although the Company has not
conducted a survey of the applicable law  in all 50 states, it believes that  it
is  not  engaged  in  the practice  of  medicine  or nursing.  There  can  be no
assurance, however,  that the  Company's operations  will not  be challenged  as
constituting the unlicensed practice of medicine or nursing. If such a challenge
were  made successfully in any state, the  Company could be subject to civil and
criminal penalties under such state's law  and could be required to  restructure
its  contractual arrangements  in that state.  Such results or  the inability to
successfully restructure  its contractual  arrangements  could have  a  material
adverse effect on the Company.
 
    The  Company and its customers may be  subject to Federal and state laws and
regulations which govern  financial and other  arrangements between health  care
providers. These laws prohibit certain fee splitting arrangements between health
care  providers, as  well as  direct and  indirect payments,  referrals or other
financial arrangements that are designed to induce or encourage the referral  of
patients  to,  or  the  recommendation of  a  particular  provider  for, medical
products and services.  Possible sanctions for  violation of these  restrictions
include civil and criminal penalties. Further, criminal violations may result in
mandatory  exclusions of up  to five years  and additional permissive exclusions
from participation in Medicare and Medicaid programs. See  "Business--Government
Regulation."
 
    Regulation  in the health care field  is constantly evolving. The Company is
unable to predict what  government regulations, if  any, affecting its  business
may  be promulgated  in the  future. The  Company's business  could be adversely
affected by the failure to obtain required licenses and governmental  approvals,
comply with applicable regulations or comply with existing or future laws, rules
or regulations or their interpretations.
 
POTENTIAL LIABILITY AND INSURANCE
 
    The  Company will  provide information to  health care  providers and payors
upon which determinations  affecting medical  care will  be made,  and it  could
share    in    potential    liabilities    for    resulting    adverse   medical
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
consequences to patients. In  addition, the Company  could have potential  legal
liability  in  the event  it fails  to record  or disseminate  correctly patient
information. The Company maintains an errors and omissions insurance policy with
coverage of $3 million in the aggregate and per occurrence. Although the Company
does not believe that  it will directly  engage in the  practice of medicine  or
direct  delivery  of medical  services  and has  not been  a  party to  any such
litigation, it maintains a medical liability policy with coverage of $3  million
in  the  aggregate  and per  occurrence.  There  can be  no  assurance  that the
Company's procedures for limiting liability have been or will be effective, that
the Company will  not be  subject to litigation  that may  adversely affect  the
Company's results of operations, that appropriate insurance will be available to
it  in the future at acceptable cost or  at all or that any insurance maintained
by the Company will cover,  as to scope or amount,  any claims that may be  made
against the Company.
 
RELIANCE ON DATA PROCESSING AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT
 
    The  business  of  the  Company  is dependent  upon  its  ability  to store,
retrieve, process  and  manage  data  and  to  maintain  and  upgrade  its  data
processing  capabilities.  In  addition,  as  the  Company  commences commercial
activities and begins to initiate patient contacts, an increased burden will  be
placed  upon  the Company's  telecommunications equipment  to process  the large
number of incoming and outgoing telephone  calls that will be placed every  day.
Interruption  of data processing  capabilities for any  extended length of time,
loss  of  stored   data,  programming   errors,  other   computer  problems   or
interruptions  of telephone service could have  a material adverse effect on the
business of  the  Company.  See  "Business--Information  Capture,  Delivery  and
Analysis Technologies."
 
VARIABILITY IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
 
    The Company's results of operations may fluctuate significantly from quarter
to  quarter as a result of a number  of factors, including the volume and timing
of sales and the rate at which customers implement disease state management  and
other health information programs within their patient populations. Accordingly,
the  Company's future operating results are  likely to be subject to variability
from quarter  to quarter  and  could be  adversely  affected in  any  particular
quarter.  Due  to  the foregoing  factors,  it  is possible  that  the Company's
operating results will be below the  expectations of public market analysts  and
investors.  In such  event, the  price of the  Common Stock  could be materially
adversely affected.  See  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
 
POSSIBLE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING
 
    The  Company has been substantially dependent upon private placements of its
equity securities to fund  its research and  development activities and  working
capital  requirements.  In  order  to  implement  programs  using  the Company's
integrated information capture and delivery system, the Company will be required
to devote substantial additional  assets to the  development of technology,  the
construction  of  physical  facilities  and  the  acquisition  of  telephone and
computer equipment. The Company will also be required to retain the services  of
employees  in advance  of obtaining contracts  to provide  services. The Company
anticipates, based on currently proposed  plans and assumptions relating to  its
operations  (including  with  respect  to the  timing  of  research  and product
development and  the  costs  associated  with marketing  and  promotion  of  its
system),  that the proceeds of this offering, together with available resources,
will be sufficient to satisfy  the Company's contemplated cash requirements  for
at  least 24 months  following the consummation  of this offering.  In the event
that the  Company's plans  change, or  its  assumptions change  or prove  to  be
inaccurate,  the  Company  could be  required  to seek  additional  financing or
curtail its activities. The Company has no current arrangements with respect to,
or sources of, additional financing. Any additional equity financing may involve
substantial dilution to the interest of the Company's stockholders, and any debt
financing could result in operational or financial restrictions on the  Company.
There can be no assurance that any additional financing will be available to the
Company  on acceptable terms or at all.  See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
COMPETITION
 
    The market for health  care information products  and services is  intensely
competitive.  Competitors vary in size and in  scope and breadth of products and
services offered. Many of the  Company's competitors have significantly  greater
financial,  technical,  product  development and  marketing  resources  than the
Company. Furthermore, other  major information, pharmaceutical  and health  care
companies  not  presently  offering  disease state  management  or  other health
information services may enter into the  market in which the Company intends  to
compete.   With  sufficient  financial  and   other  resources,  many  of  these
competitors may  provide  services  similar  to those  of  the  Company  without
substantial  barriers.  The  Company's potential  competitors  include specialty
health care information companies, health  care information system and  software
vendors,  health  care  management organizations,  pharmaceutical  companies and
other service  companies within  the  health care  industry that  have  publicly
stated  that they intend to be involved in providing comprehensive disease state
management or other health information  services. The Company will also  compete
against  other companies that provide  statistical and data management services,
including clinical trial  services to pharmaceutical  companies. Many  potential
competitors  have  substantial  installed  customer  bases  in  the  health care
industry and the ability to fund significant product development and acquisition
efforts. There can be  no assurance that competitive  pressures will not have  a
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business--Competition."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The  Company's  continued success  will depend  upon  its ability  to retain
Donald A. Carlberg, its President and Chief Executive Officer, and a core  group
of  key  officers and  employees.  The Company  has  entered into  an employment
contract with  Mr.  Carlberg, expiring  on  March 1,  1997,  but does  not  have
employment  agreements or  non-competition agreements with  any other employees.
The Company maintains key man life insurance in the amount of $2 million on  the
life  of Mr. Carlberg and in the amount of  $1 million on the life of Gregory D.
Brown, its  Senior Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer. The  loss  of
certain  key employees  or the Company's  inability to attract  and retain other
qualified employees  could have  an adverse  impact on  the Company's  business.
Also,  the Company's ability to transition  from development stage to commercial
operations will depend upon,  among other things,  the successful recruiting  of
highly  skilled managerial and  marketing personnel with  experience in business
activities such as those contemplated by  the Company. Competition for the  type
of  highly skilled individuals sought by the Company is intense. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to retain existing employees or that  it
will  be able to find, attract and retain skilled personnel on acceptable terms.
See "Management."
 
CONTROL OF THE COMPANY
 
    Following this offering,  the Company  will be controlled  by the  executive
officers,   directors  and  certain   stockholders  of  the   Company  who  will
beneficially own in the  aggregate approximately 45%  of the outstanding  Common
Stock.  As a result of such ownership, these stockholders, in the event they act
in concert, will have  control over the management  policies of the Company  and
all matters requiring approval by the stockholders of the Company, including the
election of directors. See "Principal Stockholders."
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    Prior  to this  offering, there  has been  no public  market for  the Common
Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will  develop
or be sustained after this offering or that the market price of the Common Stock
will  not decline below  the public offering price.  The initial public offering
price of  the Common  Stock  has been  determined  by negotiations  between  the
Company  and the Representatives  of the Underwriters. For  a description of the
factors considered  in  determining  the  initial  public  offering  price,  see
"Underwriting." The market price of the Common Stock following this offering may
be  highly volatile, as has been the  case with the securities of other start-up
companies. In recent  years, the stock  market has experienced  a high level  of
price   and  volume  volatility,  and  market  prices  for  the  stock  of  many
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
companies (particularly of small and emerging growth companies) have experienced
wide price fluctuations which have not necessarily been related to the operating
performance of  such companies.  These broad  market fluctuations  could have  a
material adverse effect on the market price of the Common Stock.
 
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION; ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS
 
    The  initial public offering price per share of the Common Stock will exceed
the net tangible  book value  per share of  the Common  Stock. Accordingly,  the
purchasers  of shares of Common Stock in this offering will experience immediate
dilution in  net tangible  book value  per  share of  $8.88 (assuming  a  public
offering  price of $12.00  per share and  after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses).  The Company has not paid  any
dividends  on its Common Stock  and does not anticipate  paying any dividends on
such stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy" and "Dilution."
 
EFFECT ON SHARE PRICE OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon  completion  of  this  offering,  the  Company  will  have  outstanding
9,904,000  shares of Common Stock (based on the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding as of June 30, 1996). Of these shares, the 2,500,000 shares  offered
hereby (2,875,000 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in  full)  will be  eligible for  immediate  sale in  the public  market without
restriction unless they  are held by  affiliates of the  Company. The  7,404,000
outstanding  shares not  sold in this  offering will  be "restricted securities"
within the meaning of Rule 144 ("Rule 144") promulgated under the Securities Act
and may not  be sold in  the absence  of registration under  the Securities  Act
unless  an exemption from registration is  available. Under current law, none of
these shares will be eligible  for sale under Rule  144 until at least  February
22,  1997, when 5,000,000 of these shares  will be eligible for sale pursuant to
Rule 144, subject to the volume,  manner of sale and other limitations  thereof.
The  holders of the 2,400,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
the Convertible Preferred Stock have  demand and piggy-back registration  rights
with  respect to their shares  commencing one year after  the completion of this
offering. The holders  of substantially all  of the 7,404,000  shares of  Common
Stock  outstanding prior to this  offering have agreed not  to sell or otherwise
dispose of  any such  shares  for at  least  180 days  after  the date  of  this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of Smith Barney Inc. No predictions
can  be made  as to the  effect, if  any, that public  sale of  shares of Common
Stock, or the  availability for sale  of such  shares, will have  on the  market
price  prevailing from time to time.  Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts
of the Common Stock in the public market, particularly by directors and officers
of the Company, or  the perception that  such sales could  occur, could have  an
adverse impact on the market price of the Common Stock. See "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale."
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
    Certain  provisions of the Company's certificate of incorporation and bylaws
may inhibit changes  in control  of the Company  not approved  by the  Company's
board  of directors. The Company will also be afforded the protection of Section
203 of the Delaware General Corporation  Law ("Delaware Law"), which could  have
similar  effects. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be
willing to pay in the future for shares of Common Stock, and consequently  could
adversely  affect the market  for the Common Stock.  See "Description of Capital
Stock."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common  Stock
offered  hereby,  after  deducting underwriting  discounts  and  commissions and
estimated expenses payable by the Company in connection with this offering,  are
estimated  to be approximately $27.3 million ($31.5 million if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming a public offering price of
$12.00 per share.
 
    The Company intends to use approximately $12 million of the net proceeds  of
this  offering for capital improvements necessary for expansion of telephone and
computer capabilities, approximately $5  million of the  net proceeds for  sales
and  marketing  and the  balance of  the  net proceeds  for working  capital and
general corporate purposes,  potentially including acquisition  of companies  or
technologies  that complement or  expand the Company's  business. The Company is
not a party to any  purchase agreement or letter of  intent with respect to  any
acquisitions.
 
    The  actual amount of  the net proceeds  of this offering  expended for each
purpose may  vary  significantly  depending upon  many  factors,  including  the
progress  of  the  Company's  commercialization  efforts,  the  success  of  the
Company's marketing  efforts  and the  timing  of the  development  of  specific
programs  for potential  customers. Pending application  of the  net proceeds as
described above, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds of the  offering
in  short-term, interest bearing securities of investment grade or in short-term
bank deposits. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The  Company has never paid cash dividends on its capital stock and does not
anticipate paying  any cash  dividends in  the foreseeable  future. The  Company
currently   intends  to  retain  all  future  earnings,  if  any,  to  fund  the
development,  commercialization  and   growth  of  its   business.  Any   future
determination  to pay cash dividends  will be at the  discretion of the Board of
Directors and will be dependent upon the Company's financial condition,  results
of  operations, capital requirements from time to time and such other factors as
the Board of Directors deems relevant. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of March
31, 1996 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of 600,000 shares of  Series
B  Preferred Stock at a price of $5.00  per share in the second quarter of 1996,
conversion of the Convertible  Preferred Stock into  2,400,000 shares of  Common
Stock  in connection with this offering, the  sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby (assuming a public offering  price of $12.00 per share and  after
deducting   underwriting  discounts  and   commissions  and  estimated  offering
expenses) and receipt of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                ----------------------------
                                                                                 ACTUAL (1)     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>
Stockholders' equity:
  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; 1,800,000 shares
   authorized; 1,800,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; and none
   issued or outstanding, as adjusted.........................................  $      18,000  $    --
  Common Stock, $0.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 5,004,000
   shares issued and outstanding, actual; and 9,904,000 shares issued and
   outstanding, as adjusted(1)................................................         50,040         99,040
  Additional paid-in capital..................................................      2,213,777     32,482,777
  Deficit accumulated during the development stage............................     (1,684,857)    (1,684,857)
                                                                                -------------  -------------
    Total stockholders' equity................................................  $     596,960  $  30,896,960
                                                                                -------------  -------------
                                                                                -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Excludes (i) 1,106,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise  of
    options  outstanding under  the Company's  stock option  plan at  a weighted
    average exercise price of $.55 per  share and (ii) 155,503 shares of  Common
    Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock purchase warrants at a
    weighted  average exercise price  of $.56 per  share. See "Management--Stock
    Option Plan,"  "Description  of  Capital  Stock" and  Note  5  of  Notes  to
    Financial Statements."
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    The  pro forma net tangible  book value of the Company  as of March 31, 1996
was $3,596,960, or $.49 per share. Pro  forma net tangible book value per  share
is  determined by  dividing the  net tangible book  value of  the Company (total
assets less intangible  assets and total  liabilities) by the  number of  shares
outstanding, after giving effect to the sale by the Company of 600,000 shares of
Series  B Preferred Stock at a price of $5.00 per share in the second quarter of
1996 and the conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock
into 2,400,000 shares of Common Stock.  Without taking into account any  changes
in  pro forma net tangible  book value after March 31,  1996, other than to give
effect to the sale of the shares  of Common Stock offered by the Company  hereby
(at  an assumed public  offering price of  $12.00 per share  and after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses), the net
tangible book  value  of the  Company  as of  March  31, 1996  would  have  been
approximately  $30,896,960,  or $3.12  per share.  This represents  an immediate
increase in net tangible book value of $2.63 per share to existing  stockholders
and  an immediate dilution of $8.88 per share to new stockholders. The following
table illustrates this per share dilution.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.....................             $   12.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share
   before the offering..............................................  $     .09
  Increase per share attributable to the offering...................       3.03
                                                                      ---------
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share
 after the offering.................................................                  3.12
                                                                                 ---------
 
Dilution per share to new investors.................................             $    8.88
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The following table summarizes, on  a pro forma basis  as of March 31,  1996
(giving  effect  to  the sale  by  the Company  of  600,000 shares  of  Series B
Preferred Stock at a price of $5.00 per share in the second quarter of 1996  and
the  conversion of all  outstanding shares of  Convertible Preferred Stock), the
number of shares purchased  from the Company, the  total consideration paid  and
the  average price  per share  paid by  existing stockholders  and new investors
(based upon, in the case of new  investors, an assumed public offering price  of
$12.00  per share and  before deduction of  estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and offering expenses).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                                  -------------------------  --------------------------  AVERAGE PRICE
                                                     NUMBER       PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                                  ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders...........................     7,404,000       74.8%   $   5,300,400       15.0%     $    0.72
New investors...................................     2,500,000       25.2       30,000,000       85.0          12.00
                                                  ------------      -----    -------------      -----
    Total.......................................     9,904,000      100.0%   $  35,300,400      100.0%
                                                  ------------      -----    -------------      -----
                                                  ------------      -----    -------------      -----
</TABLE>
 
    The foregoing tables assume no  exercise of options or warrants  outstanding
as  of  March 31,  1996. At  such date,  there were  outstanding (i)  options to
purchase 901,500 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price  of
$.55 per share and (ii) warrants to purchase 108,000 shares of Common Stock at a
weighted average exercise price of $.56 per share. See "Management--Stock Option
Plan,"  "Description  of  Capital  Stock"  and  Note  5  of  Notes  to Financial
Statements.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The selected financial data set forth below as of December 31, 1995 and  for
the  period from the  date of inception  to December 31,  1995 have been derived
from the Company's financial statements, which  have been audited by Deloitte  &
Touche LLP, independent auditors, and are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The  selected financial data set forth below as of March 31, 1996, for the three
months then ended and  for the period  from the date of  inception to March  31,
1996  have been derived from the  Company's unaudited financial statements, have
been prepared by the  Company on a basis  consistent with the Company's  audited
financial statements and in the opinion of management of the Company reflect all
adjustments,  consisting only of  normal recurring adjustments,  necessary for a
fair presentation of such information. The  results of operations for the  three
months  ended March 31, 1996 are not  necessarily indicative of results that may
be expected for the full  fiscal year or any  future period. The financial  data
for  the Company should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and
Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FROM
                                                           FEBRUARY 22,
                                                               1995
                                                             (DATE OF                            FROM FEBRUARY
                                                          INCEPTION) TO                          22, 1995 (DATE
                                                           DECEMBER 31,    THREE MONTHS ENDED   OF INCEPTION) TO
                                                               1995          MARCH 31, 1996      MARCH 31, 1996
                                                         ----------------  -------------------  ----------------
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues...............................................   $      113,000      $     166,236      $      279,236
Operating expenses:
  Cost of sales........................................          111,870            163,460             275,330
  Sales and marketing..................................          370,384            182,960             553,344
  General and administrative...........................          683,498            388,291           1,071,789
  Research and development expenses....................           89,909              8,629              98,538
                                                         ----------------  -------------------  ----------------
    Total operating expenses...........................        1,255,661            743,340           1,999,001
                                                         ----------------  -------------------  ----------------
Operating loss.........................................       (1,142,661)          (577,104)         (1,719,765)
Interest income........................................           26,009              8,899              34,908
                                                         ----------------  -------------------  ----------------
Net loss...............................................   $   (1,116,652)     $    (568,205)     $   (1,684,857)
                                                         ----------------  -------------------  ----------------
                                                         ----------------  -------------------  ----------------
Pro forma net loss per common and common share
 equivalents(1)........................................   $         (.14)     $        (.07)     $         (.21)
                                                         ----------------  -------------------  ----------------
                                                         ----------------  -------------------  ----------------
Pro forma weighted average common and common share
 equivalents(1)........................................        8,204,030          8,207,992           8,207,992
                                                         ----------------  -------------------  ----------------
                                                         ----------------  -------------------  ----------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1995    MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                            -------------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                         <C>                  <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital...........................................................     $     611,655      $      (87,803)
Total assets..............................................................         1,763,629           1,356,683
Total liabilities.........................................................           598,464             759,723
Deficit accumulated during the development stage..........................        (1,116,652)         (1,684,857)
Total stockholders' equity................................................         1,165,165             596,960
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  See  Note 1  of  Notes to  Financial Statements  for  a description  of the
    calculation of pro forma net loss per share.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
Financial Statements of  the Company  and Notes thereto  appearing elsewhere  in
this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company was formed on February 22, 1995, is in the development stage and
has a limited operating history from which to evaluate its performance. Although
the  Company has completed the development of its integrated information capture
and delivery system and is developing several disease state management  programs
for  specific  diseases,  further  development activities  may  be  necessary to
implement these programs. The Company has  not yet enrolled any patients in  any
disease state management program.
 
    The  Company has generated limited revenues  to date and has recorded losses
since inception, totalling $1,684,857 through  March 31, 1996, which losses  are
continuing  to date.  The Company anticipates  that its losses  will continue at
least until it has completed the  development of programs for several  customers
and  has begun providing services  to a substantial number  of patients for such
customers.
 
    The Company  has  entered into  services  agreements with  Bristol-Myers  to
develop,  implement  and operate  programs for  (i)  patients who  have recently
experienced certain cardiovascular events, (ii) patients who have been diagnosed
with primary congestive heart failure, (iii) patients suffering from anorexia or
cachexia secondary to diagnosis  of cancer or AIDS  and (iv) patients  suffering
from  high levels  of chronic  pain. In addition,  the Company  has entered into
services agreements with American HomePatient  and Equifax to operate a  program
for patients suffering from asthma. These contracts provide for, and the Company
anticipates  future contracts will provide for, fees paid by its customers based
upon the number of patients  participating in each of  its programs, as well  as
initial  program  development  fees  from customers  for  the  development  of a
disease-specific program. The amount of the per patient fee is expected to  vary
from  program to program depending upon the number of patient contacts required,
the complexity of the interventions and the detail of the reports generated. The
Company expects  that  it will  require  a  substantial number  of  patients  to
participate  in its programs in order to generate revenues sufficient to support
its operations. Accordingly, the Company  will be dependent upon the  activities
of its customers in marketing the programs to their patients and the patients of
payors.
 
    The Company has not to date capitalized any costs related to the development
of software for use in its disease state management program.
 
    The sales cycle for the Company's programs is expected to extend for periods
of  six to nine months from initial  contact to contract execution. During these
periods, the Company may expend substantial time, effort and funds to prepare  a
contract  proposal  and negotiate  the contract.  The Company  may be  unable to
consummate a commercial relationship after the expenditure of such time,  effort
and financial resources.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  Company generated revenue of $113,000  during the period from inception
on February 22, 1995 to December 31, 1995, and $166,236 during the three  months
ended  March 31, 1996.  During the period  from inception to  December 31, 1995,
$84,000 of revenue  was derived from  development fees with  respect to  disease
state  management programs  and $29,000  of revenue  was derived  from fees with
respect to the development  and conduct of a  patient satisfaction survey and  a
patient  focus group. During the three months  ended March 31, 1996, $161,843 of
revenue was  derived  from  development  fees  with  respect  to  disease  state
management  programs and $4,393 of revenue was derived from fees with respect to
the development and conduct of a patient satisfaction survey and a patient focus
group.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
    Cost of sales include  salaries and related  benefits, services provided  by
third  parties, and  other expenses associated  with the  development of disease
state management programs and  a patient satisfaction survey  and assembly of  a
patient  focus group. Cost of sales was  $111,870 from inception to December 31,
1995, and $163,460 for the three months ended March 31, 1996.
 
    Sales and  marketing  expenses from  inception  to December  31,  1995  were
$370,384,  and were $182,960  for the three  months ended March  31, 1996. These
costs consisted primarily of salaries, related benefits costs and travel  costs.
These expenditures allowed the Company to undertake initial marketing efforts to
pharmaceutical companies, payors and other health care services organizations.
 
    General   and  administrative  expenses  include   the  costs  of  corporate
operations, finance and accounting, human resources and other general  operating
expenses  of the Company. General and  administrative expenses from inception to
December 31, 1995 were  $683,498, and were $388,291  for the three months  ended
March  31, 1996.  These expenditures allowed  the Company to  create a corporate
infrastructure  to  support  anticipated   program  development  and   operating
activity.
 
    Research  and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related
benefits and  administrative  costs  allocated to  the  Company's  research  and
development  personnel for development  of certain components  of the integrated
information capture  and  delivery  system  and  its  integrated  disease  state
management  system. Research and development expenses from inception to December
31, 1995 were  $89,909, and were  $8,629 for  the three months  ended March  31,
1996.
 
    The  Company had  a net  loss of $1,116,652  from inception  to December 31,
1995, representing a loss of $.14 per share on a pro forma basis, and a net loss
of $568,205 for the three  months ended March 31,  1996, representing a loss  of
$.07  per  share  on  a pro  forma  basis.  See  Note 1  of  Notes  to Financial
Statements.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    At March 31,  1996, the  Company had a  working capital  deficit of  $87,803
(which  excludes cash paid to the Company  relating to programs that had not yet
been developed and which is treated as deferred revenue of $485,000). Since  its
inception  the  Company has  funded its  operations,  working capital  needs and
capital expenditures  from  private placements  of  its equity  securities.  The
initial  capitalization of  $500,000 took  place in  February 1995.  The Company
received $1.8 million from the sale of additional equity securities in a private
placement during the third quarter of  1995, $1.6 million of which was  received
in  August 1995, and $200,000  of which was received  in September 1995 and $3.0
million from the  sale of additional  equity securities in  a private  placement
during  the second quarter of 1996, $2,825,000 of which was received in May 1996
and $175,000 of  which was  received in June  1996. The  1996 private  placement
proceeds are not reflected in the March 31, 1996 working capital balance.
 
    The  Company has been substantially dependent upon private placements of its
equity securities to fund  its research and  development activities and  working
capital  requirements.  In  order  to  implement  programs  using  the Company's
integrated information capture and delivery system, the Company will be required
to devote substantial additional  assets to the  development of technology,  the
construction  of  physical  facilities  and  the  acquisition  of  telephone and
computer equipment. The Company will also be required to retain the services  of
employees  in advance  of obtaining contracts  to provide  services. The Company
anticipates, based on currently proposed  plans and assumptions relating to  its
operations  (including  with  respect  to the  timing  of  research  and product
development and  the  costs  associated  with marketing  and  promotion  of  its
system),  that the proceeds of this offering, together with available resources,
will be sufficient to satisfy  the Company's contemplated cash requirements  for
at  least twenty-four months following the consummation of this offering. In the
event that the Company's plans change or  its assumptions change or prove to  be
inaccurate,  the  Company  could be  required  to seek  additional  financing or
curtail its activities. The Company has no current arrangements with respect to,
or sources of, additional financing. The  Company may also deem it desirable  to
acquire  assets,  technologies or  other  entities in  complementary  or related
fields, or for other projects which  management believes to be in the  Company's
best  interest, and therefore may reapportion  proceeds of this offering to such
acquisition or project.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    Patient Infosystems, Inc. provides patient-centered health care  information
systems  that  proactively collect  and analyze  information to  improve patient
compliance  with  prescribed  treatments.  The  Company's  technology   platform
integrates  treatment compliance  algorithms with an  advanced voice recognition
telephone system, high speed data processing and analysis capability and  demand
publishing  and information  distribution capabilities.  The system communicates
directly with the patient at home  in order to elicit relevant  patient-specific
data, evaluate the data and automatically transmit computer generated reports to
health  care payors,  providers and patients  tailored to the  specific needs of
each recipient.
 
    The Company markets its  services to pharmaceutical manufacturers,  pharmacy
benefit  managers  and health  care  payors and  providers  to collect  data not
obtained in a clinic setting and enhance compliance by patients with  prescribed
treatments.  The  Company's disease  state management  programs are  designed to
provide the following  benefits: (i) for  patients, improved communication  with
health  care resources, enhanced self-care skills, increased treatment adherence
resulting in  improved  quality of  care  and reduced  inconvenience,  risk  and
expense  associated with  unscheduled physician  interventions; (ii)  for health
care providers, more information on patient progress, quicker identification  of
hard-to-manage   patients,   enhanced   ability   to   make   timely   treatment
modifications, triage  capability and  expanded information  for development  of
improved  treatment  protocols;  and  (iii)  for  payors  and  program sponsors,
cost-effective management of the disease  risk, improved patient compliance  and
outcomes and enhanced patient and provider satisfaction.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    Health  care  costs have  increased significantly  in  the United  States in
recent years despite substantial attempts to control costs by the government and
private  payors.   According  to   the  Federal   government,  national   health
expenditures  have increased from $540 billion  in 1988 (11.1% of gross national
product ("GNP")) to a  projected $1 trillion in  1995 (15.7% of projected  GNP).
Faced  with  rapidly rising  health  benefit costs,  employers  are aggressively
seeking methods through managed  care techniques to reduce  the volume and  unit
cost  of  health care  services. By  1992, approximately  55% of  Americans with
employer-sponsored health insurance were enrolled  in some type of managed  care
plan.  The Company  believes that payors  have achieved  substantial health care
cost savings to date  through reducing the unit  pricing for and utilization  of
products  and services. One way to  achieve significant additional savings is to
change the way that health care is delivered to patients by focusing on  quality
and  cost efficient clinical outcomes.  In an effort to  lower costs, payors and
providers have encouraged  the shifting of  the treatment of  patients from  the
institutional  setting  to  the  home.  As  a  result,  more  and  more patients
administer their own medications away from the provider's scrutiny. However, the
Company  believes  that  to  date  only  limited  progress  has  been  made   in
implementing  cost-effective methods  to monitor  patient compliance  with their
prescribed treatments. Yet the failure to comply with treatment regimens results
in significant unnecessary costs to the health care system. The Company believes
that  as  cost  containment  strategies  move  the  point  of  care  out  of  an
institutional  setting, payors will require information systems that gather data
and facilitate behavior modification in the home.
 
    Once effective clinical treatment decisions  are made, patients must  comply
with  the prescribed treatment regimen to achieve the desired outcome. Estimates
vary from disease to disease, but generally indicate that between 30% and 60% of
all patients fail to take medications as prescribed. The consequences of patient
non-compliance with prescribed treatment  plans represent a significant  portion
of  health  care  expenditures.  One third-party  study  indicated  that patient
non-compliance results  in $100  billion in  health care  and lost  productivity
costs  annually. Costs associated  with treating patients  with chronic diseases
who fail  to adhere  to  prescribed treatment  regimens have  been  particularly
difficult  to control. When  long-term treatments for  chronic disease have been
prescribed, as many as 80% of all patients fail to carry out correctly at  least
one  element  of  the  disease  treatment regimen.  In  addition,  a  1990 study
indicated  that  over  5%  of  hospital  admissions  are  caused  by  outpatient
noncompliance. The Company believes that by coupling
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
effective  treatment protocols with the ability to monitor patient condition and
treatment  regimen  compliance  between  physician  interventions,  health  care
providers  and payors can significantly enhance clinical outcomes while reducing
costs.
 
    Monitoring patients  by  telephone can  be  a cost  effective  strategy  for
improving  the  treatment  of  chronic diseases.  One  third-party  study, which
involved patient contact by nurses to determine treatment compliance and disease
progress, indicated that the use of  telephone follow-up saved an estimated  28%
in  health care  delivery costs  for elderly,  ambulatory patients  with chronic
diseases. In addition, patients  who received follow-up  telephone care had  20%
fewer clinic visits, 14% overall less medication utilization, 20% fewer hospital
days  and  41%  fewer intensive  care  unit days.  Telephone  patient monitoring
systems may be used with a broad range of chronic patient treatment programs for
disease  state  management  and  outcome   evaluation  and  other  health   care
applications.
 
STRATEGY
 
    The  Company's  strategy  is  to  capitalize  on  its  advanced  information
technology platform to  become the leading  provider of patient-centered  health
care information programs. The key elements of this strategy are to:
 
        INTRODUCE  INFORMATION  SYSTEM  PROGRAMS  FOR  SPECIFIC  DISEASES.   The
    Company develops  software systems  and  identifies treatment  protocols  to
    assist  in the management of specific  chronic diseases. The Company designs
    and markets these systems  either on a customized  basis, in which a  client
    targets  a specific disease and funds  development and implementation of the
    system, or on a standardized basis, in which the Company selects the  target
    disease,  develops  the system  internally and  then  markets the  system to
    multiple  end-users.  The   Company  markets  its   customized  systems   to
    pharmaceutical  and  pharmacy  benefits management  companies  interested in
    sponsoring disease state management programs  to provide their managed  care
    customers  with  a value-added  service. The  Company typically  markets its
    standardized systems  to  payors and  health  care providers  interested  in
    reducing  the  overall  cost of  health  care delivery.  These  programs are
    designed to  modify  patient behavior  in  order to  improve  treatment  and
    outcomes and reduce costs associated with non-compliance.
 
        IMPLEMENT    PROGRAMS   THAT    DEMONSTRATE   CLINICAL    BENEFITS   AND
    COST-EFFECTIVENESS.  The Company markets its services based on the  expected
    reduction  of overall  health care costs  that it believes  will result from
    improved treatment compliance  by a  given patient  population. The  Company
    intends  to  complement its  marketing efforts  by conducting  or sponsoring
    clinical studies and implementing other  measures designed to establish  and
    document  the clinical  and cost benefits  it believes will  result from the
    application of its integrated information  capture and delivery system.  The
    Company intends to promote the benefits of its system through publication in
    clinical journals and presentations at scientific conferences of the results
    of these studies.
 
        ANALYZE  COLLECTED OUTCOMES DATA WITH ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEMS TO
    DEVELOP IMPROVED CLINICAL PROTOCOLS.   As the Company's network of  patients
    expands,  so  will  its database  of  relevant information  with  respect to
    patient behavior, treatment  efficacy and disease  progression. The  Company
    has  designed  its system  to  enable analysis  of  captured data  through a
    variety of computer technologies, including neural networks, fuzzy logic and
    genetic  algorithms,  for  use  by  providers,  payors  and   pharmaceutical
    companies.  The Company intends to use this information to improve treatment
    algorithms and compliance behavior  in an effort  to improve treatment,  and
    thereby maximize positive patient outcomes and reduce costs.
 
        DEVELOP   OR  ACQUIRE   ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION   CAPTURE  AND  DELIVERY
    TECHNOLOGIES.    The  Company  plans   to  develop  or  acquire   additional
    technologies  that enhance  its ability  to gather  information and interact
    with patients while the patient is  away from the health care provider.  The
    Company  has developed  a wireless  two-way communication  system to provide
    constant,  uninterrupted  information,  and  is  developing  a  CD-ROM-based
    educational  information system  for patient  use and  a means  of using the
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
    Internet to interact directly with particular patients. The Company believes
    that these additional  technologies will  allow the Company  to provide  and
    obtain  more detailed information both as a supplement to or as a substitute
    for telephone interactions and printed materials.
 
        LEVERAGE TECHNOLOGY PLATFORM  TO DEVELOP ADDITIONAL  APPLICATIONS.   The
    Company  intends to use its expertise in information management and database
    technologies to develop additional programs  and services, such as  clinical
    trial  data  compilation and  analysis,  patient surveys,  clinical outcomes
    evaluation, demand  management and  case management.  By gaining  access  to
    certain  customers through the provision of one type of information service,
    the Company  will be  well positioned  to provide  additional services.  For
    example, the Company believes that as it provides clinical trial information
    for  pharmaceutical companies in connection  with specific products, it will
    also be  in a  position  to provide  disease  state management  services  in
    connection with the use of such drugs.
 
INFORMATION CAPTURE, DELIVERY AND ANALYSIS TECHNOLOGIES
 
    The  Company's technology  platform integrates treatment  algorithms with an
advanced voice  recognition telephone  system, high  speed data  processing  and
analysis   capability  and   demand  publishing   and  information  distribution
capabilities. The system utilizes trained telephone operators and a computerized
interactive voice  response  to  communicate via  telephone  directly  with  the
patient  at  home in  order  to elicit  patient-specific  and relevant  data. To
minimize costly live  operator interaction,  the computer  initiates each  call,
which  when answered  is automatically transferred  to a live  operator and then
manually switched  to a  recorded speech  application. Patients  respond to  the
recorded  speech  application by  using their  normal  speaking voice,  which is
designed to ensure a more accurate and reliable response than is achievable  via
telephone  key  pad.  Depending on  the  patient's  response, situation-specific
algorithms are applied to  modify future questions and  thus help customize  the
collection of data.
 
    The  Company's system analyzes and prepares  the captured data for automatic
delivery to  the payor,  provider and  patient using  demand publishing.  Demand
publishing  technology enables the creation  of highly individualized reports by
inserting stored  graphic images  customized  for race,  gender and  age.  These
reports  are also customized to the individual patient's specific situation, and
the system utilizes the information received during contacts with the patient to
further customize the content of the  report. The data relevant to the  separate
report  for health  care providers  is formatted  in a  customized report  to be
automatically transmitted via mail, fax or on-line.
 
    Each  contact  with  a  patient  contributes  to  the  establishment  of   a
longitudinal  data base which  can be analyzed to  provide insights to treatment
modalities for patients, providers and payors. The Company's system is  designed
to  analyze  patient  compliance  to prescribed  treatment  regimens  and gather
additional clinical information  so that  improvements in such  regimens can  be
developed.
 
THE INTEGRATED DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 
    INTRODUCTION.  The Company's first application of its integrated information
capture  and delivery system is its  integrated disease state management system.
This system is designed to provide care givers with the ability to monitor, on a
cost-effective basis,  patient  condition  and behavior  while  the  patient  is
between physician consultations. The Company believes that this will permit care
givers  to improve  patient compliance  and, as  a consequence,  improve patient
outcomes.
 
    Each of  the  Company's  integrated disease  state  management  programs  is
designed to provide one or more of the following benefits:
 
    FOR PATIENTS:
 
       -Improved  access to and communication  with health care resources beyond
        existing hospital care and office and in-home provider visits
 
       -Enhanced self-care  skills and  knowledge  in the  area of  the  disease
        covered by the program
 
       -Increased  treatment  adherence,  motivation and  confidence  in disease
        self-management resulting in improved quality of life
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
       -Reduced  inconvenience,  risk  and expense  associated  with unscheduled
        office visits, emergency room interventions and hospitalizations
 
    FOR HEALTH CARE PROVIDERS:
 
       -More comprehensive information on patient progress
 
       -Quicker identification of hard-to-manage patients
 
       -Enhanced ability to make timely treatment modifications
 
       -Better utilization of health care resources appropriate to patient needs
 
       -Expanded information for development of improved treatment methods
 
    FOR PAYORS AND PROGRAM SPONSORS:
 
       -Cost-effective management of the disease risk
 
       -Improved patient compliance
 
       -Improved treatment outcomes
 
       -Enhanced patient and provider satisfaction
 
    The Company  has  not  yet  enrolled  any  patients  in  any  disease  state
management  program, and there  can be no assurance  that the benefits described
above will be attained. See "Risk Factors."
 
    The system has three primary components. First, using a panel of  recognized
medical  and clinical experts,  the Company develops  a disease-specific patient
intervention/compliance program that includes a template for the integration  of
each  patient's history, current  medical status and  treatment protocol. If the
program is being  developed on  a custom basis  for a  particular customer,  the
program  is developed  in consultation  with the  customer's clinical  staff and
consultants. Second, the  Company establishes periodic  telephone contacts  with
each  patient to monitor the patient's adherence to prescribed therapies as well
as the patient's treatment progress. Third, using the information obtained  from
patient  contacts and other available information  regarding the patient and his
or  her  treatment,  such  as   physician  records  and  pharmacy   information,
personalized reports are prepared, typically following each patient contact, for
evaluation by the patient, the patient's health care provider and, on a periodic
basis, payors.
 
    The following diagram illustrates the intended data flow and benefits of the
Company's integrated disease state management system.
 
                              [GRAPHICS TO FOLLOW]
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    DEVELOPMENT  OF DISEASE SPECIFIC PROTOCOLS.   The Company's disease-specific
compliance programs are developed for  targeted diseases either on a  customized
basis  to meet the needs of particular  customers or on a standardized basis for
broader use by  a variety  of users. The  Company retains  an internal  clinical
staff  and  panels  of  independent medical  and  clinical  experts  to identify
guidelines  with  respect  to  the  spectrum  of  generally  accepted  treatment
protocols and diagnostic factors for particular diseases. These guidelines serve
as  a template  for the  information to  be obtained  from each  patient. If the
program is being  developed on  a custom basis  for a  particular customer,  the
program  is developed  in consultation  with the  customer's clinical  staff and
consultants.  In  addition,  the  Company's  internal  clinical  staff  conducts
research  of  available databases  and gathers  information provided  by medical
experts, insurance providers, governmental  agencies, Medicare and Medicaid  and
other  medical  research  sources  to  develop  with  the  medical  experts  the
disease-specific program  structure.  The  resulting  compliance  protocols  are
designed  to enable the  Company to gather the  necessary patient information to
determine the  extent of  a  patient's compliance  with  his or  her  prescribed
treatment,  the effectiveness  of treatment  and the  progress of  the patient's
disease.  As  the   Company's  database  of   patient  experience  relating   to
disease-specific  treatments expands,  it intends  to use  that data  to modify,
update and  enhance its  own disease  state management  compliance programs  and
assist health care providers in improving treatment protocols.
 
    PATIENT  ENROLLMENT.   When a  patient is enrolled  in one  of the Company's
disease state management programs a patient history will be obtained,  including
the  histories of the  chronic illness, medications,  and surgical procedures as
well as other  information deemed  relevant by  the disease-specific  compliance
program.  This information will  be included in the  Company's database for each
patient and distinct customized reports will be printed for distribution to each
of the patient's  health care provider  and payor  as well as  the patient.  The
patient  report  can  include information  on  the prescribed  treatment  of the
patient's disease as well  as the use  of the program  and other social  support
services  to  improve  compliance  with  the  patient's  treatment  regimen.  In
addition, the Company's  on-demand publishing  technology provides  personalized
behavior modification and educational materials for the patient. The health care
provider  report  contains  the  relevant  clinical  and  behavioral information
gathered from the patient.
 
    PATIENT CONTACTS.  In accordance with a designated patient contact schedule,
a patient will periodically  receive telephone calls from  a live operator  who,
after  confirming the identity of  the patient, will transfer  the patient to an
automated system that will ask specific questions determined in accordance  with
the disease-specific compliance program and provide information and motivational
feedback.  Patient  contact schedules  are  established for  each  disease state
management program,  with the  frequency  of patient  contact varying  with  the
disease  state under  management and  the goal  of the  applicable treatment and
occurring as often as daily or as infrequently as on a quarterly basis. The data
gathered from the patient  during each contact will  be processed and stored  in
the Company's database.
 
    The  compliance program  takes into  account patient  responses to treatment
follow-up questions and initiates specific  courses of action which can  include
positive  reinforcement messages, confirmation  of prescription instructions and
scheduled callbacks  to  remind the  patient  of  the need  to  take  prescribed
medication.  In addition, the questions to be asked in future calls are modified
based upon the patient's responses during current and previous calls.
 
    The Company's system  captures and processes  the information obtained  from
the  patient during the contact and integrates it with the other data maintained
by the Company  relating to  the patient's prior  responses, history,  treatment
regimen  and the mandated  treatment protocols for the  disease. The system then
automatically prepares distinct  reports using the  Company's demand  publishing
technologies  for the  patient and for  the physician or  other care-giver. Each
report is  tailored  for the  particular  requirements of  each  recipient.  The
patient's  report, for example,  may include pictures,  diagrams and informative
discussions relating to  the treatment  course intended to  modify or  reinforce
certain  behaviors.  The physician's  report would  likely  be more  factual and
direct and  summarize the  clinical  and behavioral  information that  has  been
gathered.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    On  a periodic basis, the Company will  provide data to the patient's health
care payor with  respect to that  patient's progress. The  Company will also  be
able  to include information from various data  sources in these reports for the
purpose of  providing additional  information  with respect  to a  patient.  For
example, the Company may be able to interact with the pharmacy services division
of  a payor to determine the  renewal frequency of prescriptions, which provides
an indication of whether a patient is taking his or her medication. In addition,
the system provides the flexibility to allow other information from  physicians'
reports and hospital tests to be included in the periodic reports.
 
    COMPLIANCE ASSISTANCE.  The Company assists payors and health care providers
in monitoring patient compliance and works with health care providers to develop
compliance  and education programs that can be implemented through the Company's
system. Through the Company's customized publishing technology, specific patient
compliance and education literature that is customized to an individual patient,
his or her  condition and his  or her  compliance problems can  be prepared  and
delivered  to a patient by mail, facsimile  or on-line. In addition, the Company
can implement  a  variety  of  procedures  including  medication  reminders  via
wireless  two-way communication  and more frequent  telephone communications for
non-compliant patients or patients with  more difficult treatment regimens.  The
Company can provide additional support services, such as an 800 number that will
provide  recorded information  with respect  to a  variety of  patient education
topics or other support messages.
 
    PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS  PROGRAMS.   The following  table lists  certain of  the
disease state management programs currently under development by the Company, as
well  as  other  diseases  identified  as  good  candidates  for  disease  state
management programs:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             ANNUAL DIRECT                           PROGRAM
                                                                 COSTS                            AVAILABILITY
                                             AFFECTED U.S.  ASSOCIATED WITH                        FOR PATIENT
             DISEASE CATEGORY                POPULATION (1)  TREATMENT (1)     CUSTOMERS (2)     ENROLLMENT (3)
- -------------------------------------------  -------------  ---------------  ------------------  ---------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>              <C>                 <C>
PROGRAMS UNDER DEVELOPMENT:
  Secondary Cardiovascular Disease                (4)             (5)        Bristol-Myers        3rd Qtr. 1996
  Congestive Heart Failure                      4,700,000     $18 billion    Bristol-Myers        4th Qtr. 1996
  Diabetes                                     16,000,000     $45 billion                         4th Qtr. 1996
  Asthma                                       12,000,000     $3 billion     American             4th Qtr. 1996
                                                                             HomePatient;
                                                                             Equifax
  Chronic Pain Management                    Not available   Not available   Bristol-Myers        3rd Qtr. 1996
  Weight Management--Cancer and AIDS         Not available   Not available   Bristol-Myers        4th Qtr. 1996
   Patients
ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIED DISEASE TARGETS:
  Cancer                                        1,000,000     $29 billion
  Depression                                   11,000,000     $15 billion
  AIDS                                            330,000     $33 billion
  Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease        14,000,000    Not available
  Hypertension                                 50,000,000     $43 billion
  Osteoporosis                                 24,000,000     $10 billion
  Arthritis                                    37,000,000     $15 billion
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) This information is estimated and based upon published industry data.
 
(2) See "Business--Customer Agreements" for a description of the agreements with
    customers.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
(3) Patient enrollment is dependent upon the identification and referral by  the
    Company's  customers  of  patients to  the  Company's system.  As  a result,
    initial patient enrollment dates may differ  from the date that the  program
    is available for enrollment.
 
(4) The  patient population falling within this program's guidelines is a subset
    of the  population with  cardiovascular disease,  which exceeds  60  million
    individuals.
 
(5) The  associated direct  costs are  a portion  of the  $129 billion  of total
    annual direct cost of cardiovascular disease.
 
    SECONDARY CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASE.   It  is estimated by  the American  Heart
Association  that in 1994, $151  billion was spent in  the United States for the
treatment of cardiovascular  disease. Cardiovascular disease  is treated with  a
combination   of  medications,  as  well  as  dietary,  lifestyle  and  behavior
modifications. The treatment is  on-going and requires a  high level of  patient
discipline. The Company has entered into a services agreement with Bristol-Myers
to develop, implement and operate a disease state management program relating to
the  prevention  of  cardiovascular  sequelae  in  patients  who  have  recently
experienced certain  cardiovascular  illnesses  or treatments  such  as  angina,
cardiac  bypass surgery or  heart attack. The Company  has developed a secondary
cardiovascular disease  program and  expects  the program  to be  available  for
patient enrollment during the third quarter of 1996.
 
    CONGESTIVE  HEART  FAILURE.   Elderly  patients  with heart  failure  are at
increased risk for rehospitalization after discharge. Behavioral factors such as
noncompliance with medications  and poor diet  as well as  social isolation  may
contribute  to the hospital admissions. The  Company has entered into a services
agreement with Bristol-Myers to develop,  implement and operate a disease  state
management program to aid in the treatment of patients suffering from congestive
heart  failure and  expects the program  to be available  for patient enrollment
during the fourth quarter of 1996.
 
    DIABETES.  Diabetes is an incurable disease characterized by elevated  blood
glucose  levels. The American Diabetes Association estimates that there are over
16 million diagnosed  diabetics in the  United States, at  least 2.4 million  of
whom  are undergoing insulin therapy. Insulin therapy involves daily sampling of
blood and, in many cases, regular  injections of insulin. Currently, the  direct
medical  expense for treatment of  all diabetics and diabetes-related conditions
within the United  States is  estimated to be  over $10  billion annually.  With
proper treatment, diabetes should not be life threatening; however, untreated or
improperly  treated diabetes can lead to such complications as blindness, kidney
disease,  nervous  disorders,  vascular  disease  and  death.  The  Company   is
developing  a disease state management program  for diabetic patients that it is
marketing to  payors  and  expects  the program  to  be  available  for  patient
enrollment during the fourth quarter of 1996.
 
    ASTHMA.   Asthma affects 12 million people in the United States, with direct
costs related to the disease estimated at $6 billion annually and  noncompliance
with  pharmacological therapy being  the leading cause  of hospitalization among
asthmatics. With proper treatment, patient  understanding of the treatment  plan
and  a  high level  of  patient compliance,  most  asthmatics may  control their
disease effectively, which should result in  a decrease in the number of  asthma
episodes  and  the cost  of  care. The  Company  is developing  a  disease state
management program  for  asthmatic patients  that  it is  marketing  to  payors.
American  HomePatient and  Equifax have  retained the  Company to  provide these
disease state management  programs for  patients enrolled in  their health  care
programs  who are  suffering from asthma.  The Company expects  that its disease
state management program for  asthmatic patients will  be available for  patient
enrollment during the fourth quarter of 1996.
 
    CHRONIC  PAIN MANAGEMENT.   Persons suffering from  cancer are often treated
with medication to alleviate constant,  severe pain. Bristol-Myers has  retained
the  Company to develop, implement  and update a program  to manage patients who
are experiencing intense  levels of chronic  pain. The Company  is developing  a
disease  state management  program for chronic  pain management  and expects the
program to be available for patient enrollment during the third quarter of 1996.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    WEIGHT MANAGEMENT--CANCER  AND AIDS  PATIENTS.   The inability  to  maintain
adequate  weight  levels is  a serious  problem  for individuals  afflicted with
cancer or AIDS. Bristol-Myers has retained the Company to develop and  implement
a  program to mange patients suffering from  anorexia or cachexia secondary to a
diagnosis of  cancer  or  AIDS.  The  Company  is  developing  a  disease  state
management program for weight management and expects the program to be available
for patient enrollment during the fourth quarter of 1996.
 
OTHER APPLICATIONS OF THE INTEGRATED INFORMATION CAPTURE AND DELIVERY SYSTEM
 
    OUTCOMES ANALYSIS.  The Company intends to utilize information gathered from
patients  enrolled in its programs to serve two purposes. First, the information
as to treatment results, success of the compliance program and patient  reaction
to  differing treatments or compliance  protocols may be used  by the Company to
further  improve   each  disease-specific   compliance  program.   Second,   the
information  may be  used by  payors, pharmaceutical  companies and  health care
providers to assist  in the  development of improved  treatment modalities.  The
Company  has  developed  methodologies  for analyzing  the  data  using database
management and information technologies, including neural network systems, fuzzy
logic and genetic  algorithms. The Company  intends to use  these data  analysis
technologies to predict the best treatment methodologies for specific patients.
 
    CLINICAL  STUDIES.    Many pharmaceutical  companies  and  clinical research
organizations are seeking  more economical, efficient  and reliable methods  for
compiling  and  analyzing clinical  data in  conducting Phase  III and  Phase IV
clinical studies. Furthermore, many drug development protocols, particularly  as
they  relate to efficacy, have begun  to place emphasis upon subjective criteria
and outcomes information. The Company believes that its system will allow it  to
develop  programs tailored to  the measurement of outcomes  data relating to the
conduct of Phase III  and Phase IV clinical  studies. The Company believes  that
its  system can also assist pharmaceutical companies in studying and documenting
the efficacy of products that are already developed in order to provide  ongoing
information to the FDA or for internal marketing use.
 
    PATIENT  SURVEYS.  Organizations in many  different areas of the health care
industry survey users  regarding their products  and services for  a variety  of
reasons  including regulatory,  marketing and  research purposes.  The Company's
information systems, with  their ability  to proactively contact  patients in  a
cost-efficient manner, may be used for this type of application.
 
    DEMAND  MANAGEMENT.    Demand  management  involves  assisting  providers in
evaluating patient  treatment  needs to  identify  those patients  who  may  not
require  immediate or  intensive services. The  goal of demand  management is to
reduce the need  for and use  of costly, often  clinically unnecessary,  medical
services  and arbitrary  managed-care interventions while  improving the overall
quality of life of patients  undergoing various treatment regimens. The  Company
believes  that its  system can  be used  to provide  automated or semi-automated
demand management services.
 
    CASE MANAGEMENT.  Patients who are prescribed complex or high cost treatment
regimens may require a  higher level of  monitoring, interaction, care  planning
and  reassessment than  patients with  less complicated  treatment regimens. The
Company believes that its system is capable of providing these enhanced services
to such patients  to eliminate  or minimize  the unnecessary  costs and  medical
attention  that result  from a  patient's lack  of compliance  with a prescribed
treatment regimen.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    The Company markets its integrated disease state management system to  those
organizations within the health care industry that are involved in the treatment
of  disease or payment  of medical services  to patients who  require complex or
long-term medical therapies. These include five distinct groups:  pharmaceutical
companies,  medical service  companies, pharmacy benefits  managers, health care
payors, such as managed care organizations and insurance companies, and employer
groups. The Company employs a sales and
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
marketing staff of four persons to market the Company's systems and has  entered
into   consulting  agreements  for  sales  and  marketing  services  with  three
additional persons not employed by the Company. In addition, the senior  members
of  the Company's  management are  actively engaged  in marketing  the Company's
programs.
 
    The Company  intends  to  complement its  marketing  efforts  by  conducting
clinical  studies  and  implementing  other measures  designed  to  document the
clinical and cost benefits it believes  will result from the application of  its
integrated  information capture and  delivery system. In  collaboration with the
members of its expert panels who  are retained to develop program protocols  and
other  research and  clinical technicians,  the Company  intends to  promote the
benefits  of  its   system  through   publication  in   clinical  journals   and
presentations  at scientific  conferences of the  results of  these studies. The
Company is pursuing opportunities to  develop programs specifically designed  to
produce  significant  short-term  data,  such  as  its  chronic  pain management
program, which will be studied at the M.D. Anderson Cancer Center.
 
CUSTOMER AGREEMENTS
 
    The Company is developing disease  state management programs in  conjunction
with the following customers for the indicated disease states:
 
    BRISTOL-MYERS
 
    The  Company  has  entered  into  four  services  agreements  (the  "Service
Agreements") with Bristol-Myers relating to the development, implementation  and
operation  by  the  Company of  disease  state management  programs  for certain
specified diseases. The Service  Agreements provide for  development fees to  be
paid  by Bristol-Myers to the Company upon the achievement of certain milestones
related to the disease state  management programs, including the performance  of
pilot programs for each disease state management program. Bristol-Myers has also
agreed  to pay the Company operational fees per enrolled patient, which fees for
certain programs  vary with  the  length, complexity  and frequency  of  patient
contact dictated by the respective program protocols.
 
    Each  of  the  Service Agreements  provide  for an  exclusivity  period (the
"Exclusivity Period"), during which time the Company is prohibited from engaging
or participating in  any other  projects involving the  specific disease  target
that  is the  subject of the  Service Agreement. The  Exclusivity Periods extend
from the effective dates of the Service Agreements until, in general, a  certain
date  or  a certain  period  (ranging from  eight  to 12  months)  following the
achievement of a specified milestone in the development or implementation of the
program (such as the completion of the pilot program). Three of the four Service
Agreements provide that upon conclusion of the Exclusivity Period, Bristol-Myers
has the right to negotiate with the Company for an exclusive arrangement for the
administration  of  the   disease  state  management   program,  provided   that
Bristol-Myers  has enrolled  a certain number  of patients in  the disease state
management  program  to  date.  In  the  event  that  such  negotiations   prove
unsuccessful, Bristol-Myers retains a right of first refusal with respect to any
other  offers made to the Company for such  arrangements for a period of nine or
12 months following the Exclusivity Period.
 
    The Service Agreements provide  that Bristol-Myers retains ownership  rights
to  certain materials and other work product  created by the Company pursuant to
the Service Agreements and that the  Company is entitled to use other  materials
and  data.  The extent  of these  rights  varies by  agreement. The  Company and
Bristol-Myers have agreed to indemnify each other with respect to losses arising
from willful  or  negligent  acts  or  omissions  or  breaches  of  the  Service
Agreements  by the  indemnifying party  pursuant to  the Service  Agreement. The
Service Agreements are terminable without cause  by either party with either  30
or  90  days'  notice. The  Company  has  entered into  Service  Agreements with
Bristol-Myers in the following disease areas:
 
    CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE.   The Company  is a party  to a Service  Agreement
with  Bristol-Myers dated February  1, 1996, to develop,  implement and update a
program for patients suffering from congestive heart failure.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASE.  The Company is  party to a Service Agreement  dated
September 18, 1995 with Bristol-Myers to develop, implement and update a program
in  the English and  Spanish languages for  patients with cardiovascular disease
who have recently experienced moderate to severe angina, cardiac bypass surgery,
percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty or myocardial infarction.
 
    CHRONIC PAIN.  The Company is a party to a Service Agreement dated March 30,
1996 with Bristol-Myers to develop, implement and update a program for  patients
who  are experiencing intense levels of chronic  pain. The initial phase of this
program is expected to be a thirty day trial monitoring cancer patients  located
at  the M.D. Anderson Cancer Center. A  second phase of this program is expected
to consist of a twelve week trial monitoring cancer patients at numerous  sites.
The  final phase of this program will be the implementation of a program for use
in conjunction with products  that Bristol-Myers may market  in this area.  Upon
the  earlier of the completion of the final phase of the program or December 31,
1996, Bristol-Myers may extend  the Exclusivity Period  relating to the  chronic
pain  management program for successive one-year  periods by agreeing to pay the
Company a fee in the event that the program operational fees paid to the Company
by Bristol-Myers during the year fall below certain levels.
 
    WEIGHT MANAGEMENT.  The  ability to prevent loss  of body weight in  certain
diseases  is a significant quality of life concern.  The Company is a party to a
Service  Agreement,  dated  April  24,  1996,  with  Bristol-Myers  to  develop,
implement  and update a program for patients suffering from anorexia or cachexia
secondary to a diagnosis of cancer or AIDS. The Company has agreed to conduct  a
pilot program in this area, which is required to be initiated by November 1996.
 
    PATIENT  SATISFACTION  SURVEY.   The Company  is  also developing  a patient
satisfaction survey and a  general medication compliance  program pursuant to  a
services  agreement  with  Bristol-Myers  dated October  16,  1995.  The patient
satisfaction survey is  designed to  measure a patient's  satisfaction with  the
services  provided  by  their  payor,  and  the  general  medication  compliance
program's goal is  to improve  compliance with guidelines  for using  prescribed
pharmaceutical  products. The  services agreement calls  for the  payment to the
Company of program  development fees as  well as fees  related to its  providing
services  to enrolled patients throughout the terms of the program protocols set
forth in the agreement. The Company  and Bristol-Myers have agreed to  indemnify
each  other  for losses  arising from  willful or  negligent acts,  omissions or
breaches of  the services  agreement  by the  indemnifying party.  The  services
agreement is terminable without cause by either party with 30 days' notice.
 
    EQUIFAX
 
    The  Company is  a party to  a services  agreement dated June  21, 1996 with
Equifax to implement and  update a program for  patients suffering from  asthma.
The agreement provides for the Company to receive a per patient fee for services
provided to enrolled patients over the duration of the program. Equifax has also
agreed  to pay to the Company a one-time  licensing fee in the event it fails to
enroll a minimum number of  patients within 36 months  of the effective date  of
the  agreement. The agreement  may be terminated  by either party  with 30 days'
notice.
 
    AMERICAN HOMEPATIENT
 
    The Company  is a  party to  a services  agreement dated  June 24,  1996  to
implement and update a program for patients suffering from asthma. The agreement
provides  for the Company to receive a  per patient fee for services provided to
enrolled patients over the duration of the program. In addition, the Company  is
entitled  to receive a joint marketing  fee from American HomePatient payable in
stages over a 24 month period if American HomePatient is successful in marketing
the program with three  health care payors. The  agreement may be terminated  by
either party upon 30 days' prior written notice.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  market for health  care information products  and services is intensely
competitive. Competitors vary in size and  in scope and breadth of products  and
services offered, and the Company will compete with
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
various  companies in each of its disease  target markets. Many of the Company's
competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, product development
and marketing resources than the Company. Furthermore, other major  information,
pharmaceutical  and health care  companies not presently  offering disease state
management or other health  care information services may  enter the markets  in
which the Company intends to compete. In addition, with sufficient financial and
other resources, many of these competitors may provide services similar to those
of  the Company without  substantial barriers. The Company  does not possess any
patents with respect to its integrated information capture and delivery  system,
and  although  it has  filed a  provisional patent  application with  respect to
certain aspects of its  integrated information capture  and delivery system  and
its  integrated disease state management system,  there can be no assurance that
this application will result in the issuance  of a patent, or if issued, that  a
patent would provide the Company with any competitive advantage.
 
    The Company's potential competitors include specialty health care companies,
health  care  information system  and software  vendors, health  care management
organizations, pharmaceutical companies and  other service companies within  the
health  care  industry. Many  of  these competitors  have  substantial installed
customer bases in the health care  industry and the ability to fund  significant
product  development  and acquisition  efforts.  The Company  will  also compete
against other companies that provide  statistical and data management  services,
including clinical trial services to pharmaceutical companies.
 
    The  Company is  aware of several  large pharmaceutical  and medical service
companies that have publicly stated that they intend to be involved in providing
comprehensive disease state management services.  The Company believes that  the
principal  competitive factors in  its market are the  ability to link patients,
health  care  providers  and  payors,  and  provide  the  relevant  health  care
information  at an acceptable  cost. In addition, the  Company believes that the
ability to anticipate changes in the  health care industry and identify  current
needs are important competitive factors.
 
QUALITY CONTROL AND SECURITY
 
    The  Company has developed quality control  measures designed to insure that
information obtained  from  patients  is accurately  transcribed,  that  reports
covering  each  patient  contact  are delivered  to  health  care  providers and
patients and  that  the Company's  personnel  and technologies  are  interacting
appropriately  with patients and health  care providers. Quality control systems
will include random monitoring  of telephone calls,  patient surveys to  confirm
patient   participation  and  effectiveness  of   the  particular  program,  and
supervisory reviews of telephone agents.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The health care industry, including the current and proposed business of the
Company, is  subject to  extensive  regulation by  both  the Federal  and  state
governments.  A number of  states have extensive  licensing and other regulatory
requirements  applicable  to  companies  that  provide  health  care   services.
Additionally,  services provided  to health benefit  plans in  certain cases are
subject to  the  provisions  of  the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act
("ERISA")  and may be  affected by other state  and Federal statutes. Generally,
state laws prohibit the practice of medicine and nursing without a license. Many
states interpret  the practice  of nursing  to include  health teaching,  health
counseling,  the provision of care supportive to or restorative of life and well
being  and  the  execution  of  medical  regimens  prescribed  by  a  physician.
Accordingly,  to  the extent  that the  Company  assists providers  in improving
patient compliance  by publishing  educational materials  or providing  behavior
modification training to patients, such activities could be deemed by a state to
be the practice of medicine or nursing. Although the Company has not conducted a
survey  of the  applicable law  in all  50 states,  it believes  that it  is not
engaged in  the practice  of medicine  or nursing.  There can  be no  assurance,
however,  that the Company's  operations will not  be challenged as constituting
the unlicensed practice of  medicine or nursing. If  such a challenge were  made
successfully  in any state, the  Company could be subject  to civil and criminal
penalties under  such state's  law  and could  be  required to  restructure  its
contractual  arrangements  in  that  state. Such  results  or  the  inability to
successfully restructure  its contractual  arrangements  could have  a  material
adverse effect on the Company.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    The  Company and its customers may be  subject to Federal and state laws and
regulations which govern  financial and other  arrangements between health  care
providers. These laws prohibit certain fee splitting arrangements between health
care  providers, as  well as  direct and  indirect payments,  referrals or other
financial arrangements that are designed to induce or encourage the referral  of
patients  to,  or  the  recommendation of,  a  particular  provider  for medical
products and services.  Possible sanctions for  violation of these  restrictions
include civil and criminal penalties. Further, criminal violations may result in
mandatory  exclusions of up  to five years  and additional permissive exclusions
from participation in Medicare and Medicaid programs.
 
    Regulation in the health care field  is constantly evolving. The Company  is
unable  to predict what  government regulations, if  any, affecting its business
may be promulgated  in the  future. The  Company's business  could be  adversely
affected  by the failure to obtain required licenses and governmental approvals,
comply with applicable regulations or comply with existing or future laws, rules
or regulations or their interpretations.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The Company  considers  its  methodologies, processes  and  know-how  to  be
proprietary.  The Company seeks  to protect its  proprietary information through
confidentiality agreements with its employees.  The Company's policy is to  have
employees   enter   into   confidentiality   agreements   containing  provisions
prohibiting the disclosure  of confidential  information to  anyone outside  the
Company,  requiring  employees  to  acknowledge, and,  if  requested,  assist in
confirming the Company's ownership of  any new ideas, developments,  discoveries
or  inventions  conceived during  employment,  and requiring  assignment  to the
Company of proprietary rights to such matters that are related to the  Company's
business.
 
    The  Company  has filed  a provisional  patent  application with  respect to
certain  aspects  of  its  integrated  information  capture  and  delivery   and
integrated  disease state management  systems. No assurance can  be given that a
patent will issue or that if issued such patent will provide the Company with  a
competitive advantage.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of June 30, 1996, the Company had 30 employees.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The  Company's executive and corporate offices are located in Rochester, New
York in approximately 7,200  square feet of leased  office space, under a  lease
that expires on September 30, 1999.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The Company is not a party to any material pending legal proceedings.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The  following table sets forth certain information concerning the Company's
directors and executive officers.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                       AGE      POSITION
- -----------------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Dr. Derace Schaffer..................................          48   Chairman of the Board
Donald A. Carlberg...................................          43   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Gregory D. Brown.....................................          34   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
                                                                     Secretary and Treasurer
George T. Witter.....................................          36   Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Kent A. Tapper.......................................          38   Vice President, Systems Engineering
Giancarla C. Miele...................................          52   Vice President, Operations
Dr. David B. Nash....................................          40   Executive Vice President, Medical Affairs
Dr. Alvin I. Mushlin.................................          54   Senior Medical Advisor
John Pappajohn.......................................          67   Director
Dr. Barbara J. McNeil................................          53   Director
Dr. Carl F. Kohrt....................................          53   Director
</TABLE>
 
    Dr. Derace Schaffer has  been Chairman of  the Board and  a Director of  the
Company  since its inception in February 1995. Since 1980, Dr. Schaffer has been
the  President  of  The  Ide  Group,  P.C.,  a  group  of  physicians  providing
radiological services at multiple locations in New York State, and since 1990 he
has also been President of The Lan Group, a venture capital firm specializing in
health  care  investments. He  also serves  as a  Director of  NeuralTech, Inc.,
NeuralMed, Inc.,  Preferred Oncology  Networks of  America, Inc.,  Image  Guided
Technologies,  Inc.,  and  Medifax,  Inc.  as  well  as  several  not-for-profit
corporations.
 
    Donald A.  Carlberg  has  been  President, Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a
Director  of the  Company since  its inception.  From February  1993 to December
1994, Mr.  Carlberg served  as  Chief Executive  Officer of  Patient  Management
Technologies,  Inc., a  medical services  consulting company,  which he founded.
From 1992  to 1994,  Mr. Carlberg  served as  Senior Vice  President--Sales  and
Marketing  for Neurocare,  Inc./ Paradigm  Health Corp.  From 1990  to 1992, Mr.
Carlberg served as Director of Managed Care for Baxter Healthcare  International
where  he started managed care initiatives  for its Caremark Division. From 1985
to 1990, Mr.  Carlberg held several  senior level positions  in managed care  at
Blue  Cross/Blue Shield  of Rochester, New  York and Independence  Blue Cross in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
 
    Gregory D. Brown has  been Senior Vice  President, Chief Financial  Officer,
Secretary  and Treasurer of the  Company since May 1995.  From 1989 to 1995, Mr.
Brown was  Chief Financial  Officer of  Pappajohn Capital  Resources, a  venture
capital firm specializing in health care investments, and Equity Dynamics, Inc.,
a  financial consulting  firm, both  located in Des  Moines, Iowa.  From 1984 to
1989, Mr. Brown  was a Senior  Accountant with Vroman,  McGowen, Hurst, Clark  &
Smith, P.C., a certified public accounting firm.
 
    George T. Witter has been Vice President, Sales and Marketing of the Company
since  June 1995.  From 1985  through 1995,  Mr. Witter  held various  sales and
marketing  positions  with  Genentech,  Inc.,  a  pharmaceutical  company,  most
recently  as Mid-Atlantic  Regional Manager  of Genentech's  Pediatric Specialty
Division.
 
    Kent A. Tapper has been Vice  President, Systems Engineering of the  Company
since  July 1995. Prior  to joining the  Company and since  1992, Mr. Tapper was
Product Manager, Audio Response and Call Center Platforms for Northern  Telecom,
Inc.  From 1983  to 1992, Mr.  Tapper held Product  Manager, Systems Engineering
Manager and various engineering management positions with Northern Telecom.
 
    Giancarla C. Miele has been Vice President, Operations, of the Company since
October 1995.  From 1994  to 1995,  Ms.  Miele was  Director of  Operations  for
Integrated Medical Delivery Corporation, a medical
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
management  firm. From 1992 to  1994, Ms. Miele was  the Administrator of Cancer
Care, Inc., an  MSO in the  metropolitan Washington, D.C.  region. From 1989  to
1992,  Ms.  Miele  served  as  Senior  Consultant  to  CMA,  a  medical services
consulting firm.
 
    Dr. David B. Nash has been Executive Vice President, Medical Affairs of  the
Company  since April 1996.  Dr. Nash is  Director of Health  Policy and Clinical
Outcomes at  Thomas Jefferson  University Hospital  and Associate  Professor  of
Medicine  at Jefferson Medical  College. Dr. Nash  is the recipient  of the 1995
Clifton Latiolias Prize in Managed Care from the American Managed Care  Pharmacy
Association. He also serves as a scientific advisory board member of iSTAT Corp.
Dr. Nash provides his services to the Company on a part-time consulting basis.
 
    Dr.  Alvin I. Mushlin has  been Senior Medical Advisor  of the Company since
April 1996. Dr. Mushlin is a Professor of Community and Preventative Medicine at
the University of  Rochester, where he  has served in  various capacities  since
1976.  He  is a  member  of the  National Councils  of  the Society  for General
Internal Medicine and the Society for Medical Decision Making and has served  on
the  Health Care Technology Study  Section of the Agency  for Health Care Policy
and Research. Dr. Mushlin  provides his services to  the Company on a  part-time
consulting basis.
 
    John  Pappajohn has been a Director of  the Company since its inception, and
served as its  Secretary and Treasurer  from inception through  May 1995.  Since
1969,  Mr. Pappajohn has been  the sole owner of  Pappajohn Capital Resources, a
venture capital firm specializing in  health care investments, and President  of
Equity  Dynamics, Inc., a financial consulting firm, both located in Des Moines,
Iowa. He serves as  a Director for the  following public companies: CORE,  Inc.,
Drug Screening Systems, Inc., Fuisz Technologies, Ltd., GalaGen, Inc., OncorMed,
Inc., and Pace Health Management Systems, Inc.
 
    Dr. Barbara J. McNeil has been a Director of the Company since May 1995. Dr.
McNeil  is  Head of  the Department  of Health  Care Policy  and a  Professor of
Radiology at Harvard Medical School where  she has served in various  capacities
since  1971.  For  four  years she  has  served  as Chair  of  the  Blue Cross--
Massachusetts Hospital Association Fund for Cooperative Innovation and currently
she is a member  of the National Council  on Radiation Protection, the  American
College  of  Radiology and  its  Board of  Chancellors,  the Society  of Nuclear
Medicine, the  Advisory  Council for  the  Agency  for Health  Care  Policy  and
Research,  and the National Academy of Sciences' Institute of Medicine where she
is a Council member. She also serves as a Director of CV Therapeutics, Inc.
 
    Dr. Carl F. Kohrt has been a  Director of the Company since April 1996.  Dr.
Kohrt  is Executive Vice President and  Assistant Chief Operating Officer of the
Eastman Kodak Company, where he has served in various capacities since 1971. Dr.
Kohrt is a recipient of a Sloan Fellowship for study at Massachusetts  Institute
of  Technology. Dr. Kohrt also  serves on the board  of governors of The Genesee
Hospital.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Board of  Directors of  the Company  has appointed  two committees:  the
Audit  Committee  and  the  Compensation Committee.  The  members  of  the Audit
Committee are John Pappajohn, Dr. Barbara  McNeil and Dr. Carl Kohrt. The  Audit
Committee  periodically reviews the Company's auditing practices and procedures,
makes recommendations  to management  or to  the Board  of Directors  as to  any
changes  to such practices and procedures deemed  necessary from time to time to
comply with applicable auditing rules, regulations and practices, and recommends
independent auditors for  the Company  to be  elected by  the stockholders.  The
members  of the Compensation  Committee are Dr. Derace  Schaffer, Dr. McNeil and
Dr. Kohrt. The Compensation Committee meets periodically to make recommendations
to the Board of  Directors concerning the compensation  and benefits payable  to
the  Company's  executive  officers  and other  senior  executives.  The Company
reimburses directors  for their  out-of-pocket  expenses incurred  in  attending
Board and Committee meetings.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    At present no separate cash compensation or fees are payable to directors of
the  Company, other than  reimbursement of expenses  incurred in connection with
attending  meetings.  The  Company  expects,  however,  that  new   non-employee
directors  not otherwise affiliated with the Company or its stockholders will be
paid in a manner and at a level consistent with industry practice.
 
    On May 20,  1995, the Company  granted options to  acquire 50,000 shares  of
Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $0.10 per share  to Dr. Barbara McNeil, a
director of the  Company. On  August 25, 1995,  the Company  granted options  to
acquire  50,000 shares  of Common  Stock to  John Pappajohn,  a director  of the
Company, and options  to acquire  50,000 shares of  Common Stock  to Dr.  Derace
Schaffer,  Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, with both of these
issuances having an exercise  price of $0.50  per share. On  April 8, 1996,  the
Company  granted options to acquire 50,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
price of $1.50 per share to Dr. Carl Kohrt, a director of the Company.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following  table sets  forth the  compensation paid  or accrued  by  the
Company  for services rendered  in all capacities for  executive officers of the
Company who received compensation in excess  of $100,000 during the period  from
inception on February 22, 1995 to December 31, 1995.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION     LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                     ------------------------    AWARDS SECURITIES
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                 YEAR     SALARY ($)    BONUS($)    UNDERLYING OPTIONS (#)
- --------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------------------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Donald A. Carlberg, President and Chief Executive
 Officer................................................     1995(1)  $  96,417    $  15,000            300,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Reflects  compensation  paid  from  February  22,  1995  (inception) through
    December 31, 1995.
 
    Messrs.  Carlberg,  Brown,  Witter,  Tapper  and  Ms.  Miele  are  currently
compensated  at  annual  rates  of  $125,000,  $100,000,  $100,000,  $80,000 and
$100,000, respectively.
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding options granted
to the  Chief Executive  Officer and  other executive  officers of  the  Company
during the period from inception on February 22, 1995 through December 31, 1995.
 
                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                               INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                      VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                        --------------------------------                              ANNUAL RATES OF
                                          NUMBER OF                                                     STOCK PRICE
                                          SECURITIES       % OF TOTAL                                 APPRECIATION FOR
                                          UNDERLYING    OPTIONS GRANTED    EXERCISE                   OPTION TERM (2)
                                           OPTIONS      TO EMPLOYEES IN      PRICE     EXPIRATION   --------------------
NAME                                    GRANTED (#)(1)    FISCAL YEAR       $/SHARE       DATE       5% ($)     10% ($)
- --------------------------------------  --------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>               <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Donald A. Carlberg....................       250,000           27.3%       $     .10       3/1/05   $  15,722  $  39,844
Donald A. Carlberg....................        50,000            5.5              .50      8/25/05      15,722     39,844
Gregory D. Brown......................       100,000           10.9              .10       5/1/05       6,289     15,937
Gregory D. Brown......................        25,000            2.7              .50      8/25/05       7,861     19,922
George T. Witter......................        75,000            8.2              .10       6/7/05       4,717     11,953
Kent A. Tapper........................        50,000            5.5              .10      7/24/05       3,144      7,969
Giancarla C. Miele....................        50,000            5.5              .75      10/9/05      23,583     59,766
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) 50,000  of Mr. Carlberg's options vested as of the date of the option grant.
    The remainder of his options and  all other options will become  exercisable
    at   the  rate  of   20%  per  year   from  the  date   of  grant  and  have
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    ten- year  terms as  long  as the  optionee's  employment with  the  Company
    continues.  The exercise price  of each option  is equal to  the fair market
    value of the underlying Common Stock on the date of the grant, as determined
    by the Board of Directors.
 
(2) Future value of current year grants assumes appreciation in the market value
    of the Common Stock of 5% and  10% per year over the ten-year option  period
    as  required by the rules  of the Securities and  Exchange Commission and do
    not represent the  Company's estimate  or projection of  actual values.  The
    actual  value  realized  may be  greater  than  or less  than  the potential
    realizable values set forth in the table.
 
    No stock options  were exercised  by the  Chief Executive  Officer or  other
executive  officers of the Company during  the period from inception on February
22, 1995  through December  31, 1995.  The following  table sets  forth  certain
information  regarding unexercised options  held by the  Chief Executive Officer
and other executive officers of the Company at December 31, 1995.
 
           AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995 OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NUMBER OF SECURITIES         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                            UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                                    OPTIONS               AT DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                           AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 (#)              ($)(1)
                                                         -----------------------------  -------------------------
NAME                                                       EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------  -------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                            <C>
Donald A. Carlberg.....................................         50,000/250,000              $57,500/$267,500
Gregory D. Brown.......................................            0/125,000                    0/133,750
George T. Witter.......................................            0/75,000                     0/86,250
Kent A. Tapper.........................................            0/50,000                     0/57,000
Giancarla C. Miele.....................................            0/50,000                     0/25,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Calculated based upon $1.25  estimated fair market  value of the  underlying
    securities as of December 31, 1995.
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The  Company's Stock Option Plan (the  "Plan") was originally adopted by the
Board of Directors  and stockholders  in June 1995.  Up to  1,500,000 shares  of
Common  Stock have  been authorized  and reserved  for issuance  under the Plan.
Under the Plan, options may  be granted in the  form of incentive stock  options
("ISOs")  or non-qualified stock options ("NQOs")  from time to time to salaried
employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company, as determined  by
the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee
determines the terms and conditions of options granted under the Plan, including
the  exercise  price. The  Plan provides  that the  Committee must  establish an
exercise price for ISOs that is not less than the fair market value per share at
the date of the grant. However, if ISOs are granted to persons owning more  than
10%  of the  voting stock of  the Company,  the Plan provides  that the exercise
price must not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share at the  date
of  the grant. The Plan also provides for a non-employee director to be entitled
to receive a one-time grant  of a NQO to purchase  50,000 shares at an  exercise
price equal to fair market value per share on the date of their initial election
to  the Company's Board  of Directors. Such  NQO is exercisable  only during the
non-employee  director's  term  and  automatically  expires  on  the  date  such
director's  service terminates. Each option, whether  an ISO or NQO, must expire
within ten years of the date of the grant.
 
    There are  currently outstanding  1,106,000 options  outstanding which  have
been  granted under the Plan,  580,000 of which have  an exercise price of $0.10
per share, 175,000 of which have an exercise price of $.50 per share, 65,000  of
which have an exercise price of $.75 per share, 81,500 of which have an exercise
price  of $1.25 per share  and 204,500 of which have  an exercise price of $1.50
per share. Of these options, 50,000 were
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
granted as  of  March  1, 1995  to  Mr.  Carlberg and  vested  immediately.  The
remainder of Mr. Carlberg's options and all other options granted under the plan
vest  as to 20% of the  option grant on the first  anniversary of the grant, and
20% on each subsequent anniversary.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
    The Company has entered  into an employment agreement  with Mr. Carlberg  as
its  President and Chief Executive Officer dated March 1, 1995, which has a term
of one year and is automatically renewed for successive one-year periods  unless
either  party  receives written  notice  from the  other  party of  such party's
intention not to renew  within 60 days of  the agreement's expiration date.  The
agreement  calls for Mr. Carlberg to receive a base salary of $125,000 per year,
and a bonus of  $25,000 on March 1,  1996 which was paid  to Mr. Carlberg.  Upon
execution of the agreement, Mr. Carlberg received a $15,000 signing bonus and an
option  to purchase up  to 250,000 shares of  Common Stock of  the Company at an
exercise price of $.10  per share. The  option has a  ten-year term, vests  over
five years and was 20% vested upon grant. The remainder of the option vests at a
rate  of 20% per year,  and the option is  therefore fully exercisable after the
first five years of employment. Mr.  Carlberg is eligible for any  discretionary
bonuses  and  additional  option  grants  in amounts  to  be  determined  by the
Company's Board of Directors based upon  the performance of the Company and  Mr.
Carlberg.  The agreement  prohibits Mr. Carlberg  from engaging  in any business
activity involving the measurement of clinical outcomes for patients with  acute
or  chronic diseases, or  the measurement of  patient compliance with prescribed
treatments for acute or chronic diseases  within one year of the termination  of
his employment with the Company.
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The  Company's Bylaws provide for  mandatory indemnification rights, subject
to limited exceptions, to any officer or director of the Company who, by  reason
of  the fact that he or she is or  was an officer or director of the Company, is
involved in  a  legal  proceeding  of any  nature.  In  addition,  the  Restated
Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions limiting the personal liability
of  directors to  the Company or  its shareholders for  monetary damages arising
from certain acts or omissions in the director's capacity as a director.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Company was initially capitalized on February 22, 1995 through the  sale
of  5,000,000 shares of its Common Stock  for $.10 per share. Included among the
participants in  that transaction  were  Dr. Derace  Schaffer, Chairman  of  the
Board,  who  purchased 2,300,000  shares,  Dr. Schaffer's  spouse  who purchased
200,000 shares, John Pappajohn, a director, who purchased 752,500 shares, a sole
proprietorship owned  by  Mr.  Pappajohn which  purchased  500,000  shares.  Mr.
Pappajohn's  spouse,  who purchased  500,000 shares,  and a  sole proprietorship
owned by Mr. Pappajohn's spouse which purchased 500,000 shares.
 
    In August and  September of 1995  the Company sold  1,800,000 shares of  its
Series  A Preferred Stock in  a private placement for  $1.00 per share. Included
among  the  participants  in  that  transaction  were  George  T.  Witter,  Vice
President,  Sales and Marketing, who purchased  50,000 shares, Gregory D. Brown,
Sr. Vice  President,  Chief  Financial Officer,  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  who
purchased 10,000 shares, and Mr. Pappajohn who purchased 10,000 shares.
 
    In  May and June  of 1996, the Company  sold 600,000 shares  of its Series B
Preferred Stock in a private placement  for $5.00 per share. Included among  the
participants in that transaction were Dr. Schaffer, who purchased 20,000 shares,
and Mr. Pappajohn, who purchased 40,000 shares.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The  following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of  the  Common Stock  as  of June  30,  1996 (giving  effect  to  the
conversion  of  all  outstanding  shares  of  Convertible  Preferred  Stock into
2,400,000 shares of Common  Stock) and as  adjusted to reflect  the sale of  the
shares  offered hereby  (i) by each  person who is  known by the  Company to own
beneficially more than 5%  of the Common  Stock, (ii) by  each of the  Company's
directors  and  its  chief executive  officer  and  (iii) by  all  directors and
executive officers as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 PERCENTAGE OWNED
                                                                                SHARES     -----------------------------
                                                                              BENEFICIALLY  BEFORE THE        AFTER
NAME (1)                                                                         OWNED       OFFERING      THE OFFERING
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                                                           <C>          <C>            <C>
Derace L. Schaffer (2)......................................................   2,370,000         32.0%          23.9%
John Pappajohn (3)..........................................................   1,984,000         26.8           20.0
Edgewater Private Equity Fund II, L.P. .....................................   1,200,000         16.2           12.1
 666 Grand Avenue, Suite 200
 Des Moines, IA 50309
Donald A. Carlberg (4)......................................................     100,000          1.3            1.0
Gregory D. Brown (5)........................................................      33,000         *              *
George T. Witter (6)........................................................      65,000         *              *
Kent A. Tapper (7)..........................................................      10,000         *              *
Giancarla C. Miele (8)......................................................      --            --              --
David B. Nash (9)...........................................................      --            --              --
Alvin I. Mushlin (10).......................................................      --            --              --
Barbara J. McNeil (7).......................................................      10,000         *              *
Carl F. Kohrt (11)..........................................................      --            --              --
All directors and executive officers as a
 group (11 persons) (12)....................................................   4,572,000         60.3%          45.3%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
  *  Less than one percent.
 
 (1) Unless otherwise noted, the  address of each of  the listed persons is  c/o
     the Company at 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York 14607.
 
 (2) Includes  400,000 shares  held by  Dr. Schaffer's  minor children. Includes
     options to purchase 10,000 shares which are either currently exercisable or
     which become exercisable  within 60 days  of the date  of this  Prospectus.
     Does not include 40,000 shares subject to outstanding options which are not
     exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (3) Includes  500,000 shares held by Halkis,  Ltd., a sole proprietorship owned
     by  Mr.  Pappajohn,   500,000  shares   held  by  Thebes,   Ltd.,  a   sole
     proprietorship  owned by  Mr. Pappajohn's  spouse, and  500,000 shares held
     directly by  Mr. Pappajohn's  spouse.  Mr. Pappajohn  disclaims  beneficial
     ownership  of the shares owned by Thebes,  Ltd. and by his spouse. Includes
     options to purchase 10,000 shares which are either currently exercisable or
     which become exercisable  within 60 days  of the date  of this  Prospectus.
     Does not include 40,000 shares subject to outstanding options which are not
     exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (4) Represents  options to purchase  100,000 shares which  are either currently
     exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of  this
     Prospectus.  Does not include 225,000 shares subject to outstanding options
     which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
 (5) Includes options  to  purchase 25,000  shares  which are  either  currently
     exercisable  or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this
     Prospectus. Does not include 115,000 shares subject to outstanding  options
     which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (6) Includes  options  to purchase  15,000  shares which  are  either currently
     exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of  this
     Prospectus.  Does not include 85,000  shares subject to outstanding options
     which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (7) Includes options  to  purchase 10,000  shares  which are  either  currently
     exercisable  or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this
     Prospectus. Does not include 40,000  shares subject to outstanding  options
     which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (8) Does  not include 100,000  shares subject to  outstanding options which are
     not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (9) Does not include 20,000  shares subject to  outstanding warrants which  are
     not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (10) Does  not include 10,000 shares subject  to outstanding warrants which are
      not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (11) Does not include 50,000  shares subject to  outstanding options which  are
      not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (12) Includes  options to  purchase 180,000  shares which  are either currently
      exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this
      Prospectus. Does not include 765,000 shares subject to outstanding options
      and warrants which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of  this
      Prospectus.
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK
    The  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  authorizes  the  issuance of
25,000,000 shares of  capital stock,  divided into 20,000,000  shares of  Common
Stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01
par  value per  share, in one  or more  series with such  terms as  the Board of
Directors may determine. As  of the date hereof,  there are 5,004,000 shares  of
outstanding  Common Stock held by fifty-nine record holders, 1,800,000 shares of
Series A Preferred Stock outstanding held  by twenty record holders and  600,000
shares  of  Series  B  Preferred Stock  outstanding  held  by  twenty-six record
holders. Pursuant to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, all outstanding
shares of Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically convert into  2,400,000
shares  of Common Stock as  of the closing of this  offering. The following is a
brief summary  of the  terms of  the various  classifications of  capital  stock
giving  pro forma effect to the automatic conversion of Series A Preferred Stock
and Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock at the closing of  this
offering.
COMMON STOCK
    No  shares of Common Stock are entitled  to preference over any other share,
and each share is equal  to any other share in  all respects. Holders of  Common
Stock  are entitled  to one  vote per share  held of  record at  each meeting of
stockholders.  Subject  to  the  preferences  that  may  be  applicable  to  any
outstanding  Preferred Stock,  the holders of  the Common Stock  are entitled to
receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time  by
the  Board of Directors  out of funds legally  available therefor. See "Dividend
Policy."  In  any   distribution  of  capital   assets,  whether  voluntary   or
involuntary, holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive pro rata the assets
remaining  after creditors have been paid in full and holders of Preferred Stock
have received their preferential distribution. Holders of the Common Stock  have
no   pre-emptive  or  conversion  rights   or  other  subscription  rights.  The
outstanding shares of  Common Stock and  those issuable upon  conversion of  the
Series  A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock will be, when issued,
duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non assessable.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
PREFERRED STOCK
    The Board of Directors is  authorized to issue without stockholder  approval
5,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock in one  or more series and to determine and
alter all rights, preferences and privileges and qualifications, limitations and
restrictions  thereof,  including  with  respect  to  the  rate  and  nature  of
dividends,  the price and terms and conditions  on which shares may be redeemed,
the amount payable  in the event  of voluntary or  involuntary liquidation,  the
terms  and conditions for conversion or exchange  into any other class or series
of stock, voting rights and other terms.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Holders owning  fifty percent  or more  of the  aggregate of  the shares  of
Common  Stock into which any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock have been or
can be converted or the Series B  Preferred Stock have been or can be  converted
have  the right on  one occasion at  any time commencing  twelve months from the
date of the initial public offering of the Common Stock of the Company, but  not
later  than  October 31,  2000 or  May  31, 2001,  respectively, to  require the
Company to prepare and  file a Registration Statement  under the Securities  Act
covering  such shares of Common Stock, and the Company, at its expense, will use
its best efforts  to cause such  registration statement to  become effective  as
soon as possible.
 
    In  addition, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred
Stock are each  entitled, subject  to the approval  of the  underwriter, to  two
"piggyback"  registrations at the Company's expense as part of a registration by
the Company of its shares of Common  Stock at any time commencing twelve  months
from  the date of the Initial Public  Stock Offering, but not later than October
31, 2000 and May 31, 2001, respectively. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock and
Series B Preferred Stock are  each granted the right on  up to two occasions  at
the  participating holder's expense, and  prior to October 31,  2000 and May 31,
2001, respectively,  to have  their shares  registered on  Form S-3  if such  is
available  for use by the  Company and such holder  or holders. The registration
rights are  subject to  a number  of  terms and  conditions, including  but  not
limited  to requirements as  to minimum offering  size and reaching satisfactory
underwriting terms.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors
to the maximum  extent permitted  by Delaware  law. Delaware  law provides  that
directors  of a company will  not be personally liable  for monetary damages for
breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for (i)  any
breach of their duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders, (ii) acts or
omissions  not in  good faith or  involving intentional misconduct  or a knowing
violation of  law,  (iii)  unlawful  payment  of  dividends  or  unlawful  stock
repurchases  or redemptions as  provided in Section 174  of the Delaware General
Corporation Law  or (iv)  any transaction  from which  the director  derived  an
improper personal benefit.
 
    The  Company's Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its officers,
directors, employees and other agents to  the extent permitted by Delaware  law.
The  Company's  Bylaws also  permit  it to  secure  insurance on  behalf  of any
officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of  his
or  her actions in such capacity, regardless  of whether the Bylaws would permit
indemnification.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The Company has appointed American Stock  Transfer and Trust Company as  its
transfer agent and registrar for the Company's Common Stock.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon  completion of this offering, the Company will have 9,904,000 shares of
Common Stock outstanding (based upon the number of shares outstanding as of June
30, 1996). The 2,500,000 shares sold  in this offering (2,875,000 shares if  the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is  exercised  in  full)  will  be freely
tradable without  restriction under  the  Securities Act,  except for  any  such
shares  held at  any time  by an  "affiliate" of  the Company,  as such  term is
defined under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
    The remaining 7,404,000  shares (the  "Restricted Shares")  were issued  and
sold  by the Company  in private transactions  and may be  publicly sold only if
registered   under    the    Securities    Act    or    sold    in    accordance
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
with  an applicable exemption  from registration, such as  Rule 144. In general,
under Rule 144, as  currently in effect, a  person, including an "affiliate"  as
that  term is defined in Rule 144, who has held "restricted" shares for a period
of at least two years from the later of the date such shares were acquired  from
the Company or the date such shares were acquired from an affiliate, is entitled
to  sell, within any three-month period, a number of restricted shares that does
not exceed the greater  of one percent  (1%) of the  then outstanding shares  of
Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks
preceding  such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are subject to certain manner of sale
limitations,  notice  requirements  and  the  availability  of  current   public
information  about the Company.  Rule 144(k) provides  that a person  who is not
deemed an "affiliate"  and who has  held restricted  shares for a  period of  at
least  three years from the later of the date such shares were acquired from the
Company and the date they  were acquired from an  affiliate is entitled to  sell
such  shares  at any  time  under Rule  144  without regard  to  the limitations
described above.
 
    The holders of substantially all of  the outstanding shares of Common  Stock
have  agreed pursuant to certain agreements (the "Lock-up Agreements") that they
will not sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock for a period of
180 days from the date of this  Prospectus without the prior written consent  of
Smith Barney Inc.
 
    Of  the 7,404,000 Restricted Shares, 5,000,000 Restricted Shares will become
eligible for sale in  February 1997, subject to  compliance with the volume  and
other  limitations of  Rule 144. In  addition, 1,800,000  Restricted Shares will
become eligible for  sale in August  and September 1997  and 600,000  Restricted
Shares  will become eligible for  sale during May and  June 1998, all subject to
compliance with the volume and other limitations of Rule 144.
 
    Rule 701 ("Rule 701")  under the Securities Act  provides an exemption  from
the  registration requirements  of the  Securities Act  for offers  and sales of
securities issued  pursuant to  certain compensatory  benefit plans  or  written
contracts  of a company not subject to  the reporting requirements of Section 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (the "Exchange Act"). Securities  issued
pursuant  to Rule 701 are defined as  restricted securities for purposes of Rule
144. However,  90  days  after  the issuer  becomes  subject  to  the  reporting
provisions of the Exchange Act, the Rule 144 resale restrictions, except for the
broker's  transaction requirement, do  not apply to  shares acquired pursuant to
Rule 701 by non-Affiliates. Affiliates are subject to all Rule 144  restrictions
after  this 90-day period, but without  the Rule 144 holding period requirement.
If all the  requirements of Rule  701 are  met, upon expiration  of the  Lock-up
Agreements,  an  aggregate of  319,300 shares  of Common  Stock issued  upon the
exercise of options granted  and issuable on  exercise of currently  outstanding
options  will  become  eligible  for  sale pursuant  to  such  rule  (subject to
applicable Rule 144 restrictions), substantially all of which shares are subject
to the Lock-up Agreements.
 
    The Securities and Exchange Commission  has proposed amendments to Rule  144
and  Rule 144(k) that would  permit resales of Restricted  Shares under Rule 144
after a one-year, rather than a  two-year holding period, subject to  compliance
with  the other provisions  of Rule 144,  and would permit  resale of Restricted
Shares by  non-Affiliates under  Rule 144(k)  after a  two-year, rather  than  a
three-year,  holding period. Assuming adoption of such amendments, approximately
6,800,000 of  the Restricted  Shares will  be eligible  for sale  in the  public
market  immediately  after  this  offering  pursuant  to  Rule  144  (subject to
compliance with the volume and other limitations of Rule 144), substantially all
of which shares are subject to the Lock-up Agreements.
 
    The Company is unable to estimate the  number of shares that may be sold  in
the  future by its  existing stockholders or  the effect, if  any, that sales of
shares by such stockholders will  have on the market  price of the Common  Stock
prevailing  from time to time.  Sales of substantial amounts  of Common Stock by
existing stockholders could adversely affect prevailing market prices.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Under  the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting
Agreement dated  the date  hereof, each  Underwriter named  below has  severally
agreed  to purchase,  and the  Company has agreed  to sell  to such Underwriter,
shares of Common Stock which equal the  number of shares set forth opposite  the
name of such Underwriter below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER                                                                                              SHARES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Smith Barney Inc.....................................................................................
Needham & Company, Inc...............................................................................
 
                                                                                                       ----------
    Total............................................................................................   2,500,000
                                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                                       ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Underwriters are  obligated to  take and pay  for all  shares of Common
Stock offered  hereby (other  than those  covered by  the over-allotment  option
described below) if any such shares are taken.
 
    The Underwriters, for whom Smith Barney Inc. and Needham & Company, Inc. are
acting  as Representatives,  propose initially  to offer  part of  the shares of
Common Stock directly to the  public at the public  offering price set forth  on
the  cover page hereof and part to certain  dealers at a price that represents a
concession not in excess of $        per share under the public offering  price.
The  Underwriters may allow, and  such dealers may reallow,  a concession not in
excess of $      per  share to other Underwriters  or to certain other  dealers.
After   the  initial  public  offering,  the  public  offering  price  and  such
concessions may  be  changed  by  the  Underwriters.  The  Representatives  have
informed  the Company that  the Underwriters do  not intend to  confirm sales to
accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
    The Company has granted  to the Underwriters an  option, exercisable for  30
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 375,000
additional  shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof less underwriting discounts and commissions. The  Underwriters
may exercise such option to purchase additional shares solely for the purpose of
covering  over-allotments, if any,  incurred in connection with  the sale of the
shares offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised, each  Underwriter
will  become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same percentage of such  additional shares as the  number set forth next  to
such  Underwriter's name  in the  preceding table bears  to the  total number of
shares in such table.
 
    The Company and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    The Company,  its officers  and directors  and certain  other  stockholders,
holding   in  the  aggregate  substantially   all  of  the  Company's  currently
outstanding equity securities, have agreed that, for a period of 180 days  after
the date of this Prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of
Smith  Barney Inc., offer,  sell, contract to  sell or otherwise  dispose of any
shares of Common  Stock or any  securities convertible into,  or exercisable  or
exchangeable  for, Common Stock except,  in the case of  the Company, in certain
limited circumstances.
 
    At the Company's request, the Representatives  have agreed to reserve up  to
125,000  shares of Common Stock for sale at the public offering price to Company
employees and  other  persons having  certain  business relationships  with  the
Company.  The number of shares available for  sale to the general public will be
reduced to the extent these persons purchase such reserved shares. Any  reserved
shares  not purchased will be offered by  the Underwriters to the general public
on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby.
 
    Prior to  this offering,  there has  been no  public market  for the  Common
Stock.  Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common Stock has
been determined by negotiations between  the Company and the Representatives  of
the  Underwriters.  The factors  considered  in determining  the  initial public
offering price  were  the history  of,  and  the prospects  for,  the  Company's
business  and the industry in which it  competes, an assessment of the Company's
management, its past and present operations,  its past and present earnings  and
the  trend of  such earnings,  the prospects  for earnings  of the  Company, the
present state  of  the  Company's  development, the  general  condition  of  the
securities market at the time of the offering and the market prices and earnings
of similar securities of comparable companies at the time of the offering.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of the issuance  of the shares of  Common Stock offered hereby
will be passed  upon for the  Company by  Crummy, Del Deo,  Dolan, Griffinger  &
Vecchione, Newark, New Jersey. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the
Underwriters by Dewey Ballantine, New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and for the
period from  February 22,  1995 (date  of incorporation)  to December  31,  1995
included  in  this  Prospectus  have  been audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche LLP,
independent auditors, as stated in  their report appearing herein and  elsewhere
in  the registration statement, and  have been so included  in reliance upon the
reports of such  firm given upon  their authority as  experts in accounting  and
auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company  has filed  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act a Registration Statement with respect  to
the  Common  Stock offered  hereby.  This Prospectus  does  not contain  all the
information set forth in  the Registration Statement  and the exhibits  thereto.
Statements  contained in the  Prospectus as to  the contents of  any contract or
other document referred to  are not necessarily complete,  and in each  instance
reference  is made to  the copy of such  contract or other  document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration  Statement, each such  statement being qualified  in
all respects by such reference, but such statements are complete in all material
respects  for  the  purposes  herein made.  The  Registration  Statement  may be
inspected and  copied  at the  public  reference facilities  maintained  by  the
Commission  at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549; at its Chicago Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511; and at its  New York Regional Office, Seven  World
Trade  Center, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such material can be obtained
from the public  reference section of  the Commission, 450  Fifth Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. For further information pertaining
to the Company and  the Common Stock  offered hereby, reference  is made to  the
Registration  Statement,  including  the  exhibits  thereto  and  the  financial
statements, notes and schedules filed as a part thereof.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
 Independent Auditors' Report..............................................................................        F-2
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 (unaudited)....................................        F-3
  Statements of Operations for the period from February 22, 1995 (date of incorporation) through December
   31, 1995, for the three months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited) and for the period from February 22,
   1995 (date of incorporation) through March 31, 1996 (unaudited).........................................        F-4
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the period from February 22, 1995 (date of incorporation) through
   March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..............................................................................        F-5
  Statements of Cash Flows for the period from February 22, 1995 (date of incorporation) through December
   31, 1995, for the three months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited) and for the period from February 22,
   1995 (date of incorporation) through March 31, 1996 (unaudited).........................................        F-6
  Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................        F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors
Patient Infosystems, Inc.:
 
    We  have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Patient Infosystems, Inc.
(formerly Disease State Management, Inc.)  (a development stage enterprise),  as
of  December 31,  1995 and  the related  statement of  operations, stockholders'
equity, and  cash  flows  for  the  period  from  February  22,  1995  (date  of
incorporation)  to  December  31,  1995.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express  an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
    We  conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, such  financial statements present  fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position  of Patient Infosystems,  Inc., as of  December
31,  1995, and the results  of its operations and its  cash flows for the period
from February  22,  1995  (date  of  incorporation)  to  December  31,  1995  in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Rochester, New York
January 26, 1996
(July 1, 1996 as to Notes 1 and 8)
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        ASSETS
 
                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1995   MARCH 31, 1996
                                                    -----------------   --------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................     $ 1,182,080       $   169,473
  Accounts receivable.............................           4,055           484,443
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.......          23,984            18,004
                                                    -----------------   --------------
      Total current assets........................       1,210,119           671,920
Property and Equipment, net.......................         553,510           684,763
                                                    -----------------   --------------
Total Assets......................................     $ 1,763,629       $ 1,356,683
                                                    -----------------   --------------
                                                    -----------------   --------------
 
                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable................................     $   362,769       $   146,970
  Accrued salaries and wages......................          48,259            32,975
  Accrued expenses................................          19,381            94,778
  Deferred revenue................................         168,055           485,000
                                                    -----------------   --------------
      Total current liabilities...................         598,464           759,723
                                                    -----------------   --------------
 
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 1 and 6).....
Stockholders' Equity:
  Preferred stock--$.01 par value; authorized
   5,000,000 shares:
    Series A Convertible Preferred Stock;
     authorized 1,800,000 shares; 1,800,000 shares
     issued and outstanding (liquidation
     preference $1,800,000).......................          18,000            18,000
  Common stock--$.01 par value; authorized
   20,000,000 shares; 5,004,000 shares issued and
   outstanding....................................          50,040            50,040
  Additional paid-in capital......................       2,213,777         2,213,777
  Deficit accumulated during the development
   stage..........................................      (1,116,652)       (1,684,857)
                                                    -----------------   --------------
      Total stockholders' equity..................       1,165,165           596,960
                                                    -----------------   --------------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity........     $ 1,763,629       $ 1,356,683
                                                    -----------------   --------------
                                                    -----------------   --------------
</TABLE>
 
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 22, 1995
                                             (DATE OF INCORPORATION)
                                               TO DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                          ------------------------------
                                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED    PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 22, 1995
                                                                             MARCH 31, 1996         (DATE OF INCORPORATION)
                                                                           -------------------         TO MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                                 ------------------------------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
Revenues................................           $   113,000                  $ 166,236                 $   279,236
<S>                                       <C>                              <C>                   <C>
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
Operating Expenses:
  Cost of sales.........................               111,870                    163,460                     275,330
  Sales and marketing...................               370,384                    182,960                     553,344
  General and administrative............               683,498                    388,291                   1,071,789
  Research and development..............                89,909                      8,629                      98,538
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
    Total operating expenses............             1,255,661                    743,340                   1,999,001
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
Operating Loss..........................            (1,142,661)                  (577,104)                 (1,719,765)
Interest Income.........................                26,009                      8,899                      34,908
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
Net Loss................................           $(1,116,652)                 $(568,205)                $(1,684,857)
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
Pro forma Net Loss Per Common and Common
 Share Equivalents......................           $      (.14)                 $    (.07)                $     (0.21)
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
Pro forma Weighted Average Common and
 Common Share Equivalents...............             8,204,030                  8,207,992                   8,207,992
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
</TABLE>
 
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
             PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 22, 1995 (DATE OF INCORPORATION)
                               TO MARCH 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           DEFICIT
                                                                                                         ACCUMULATED
                                                 PREFERRED STOCK        COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL     DURING THE
                                               -------------------   -------------------     PAID-IN     DEVELOPMENT
                                                SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT      CAPITAL        STAGE
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
Sale of common stock, substantially all of
 which were issued on February 22, 1995, at
 $0.10 per share.............................         --  $    --    5,004,000  $50,040    $  450,360    $        --
Sale of preferred stock at $1.00 per share in
 August and September 1995 (net of issuance
 costs of $18,583)...........................  1,800,000   18,000           --       --     1,763,417             --
Net loss for the period from date of
 incorporation to December 31, 1995..........         --       --           --       --            --     (1,116,652)
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
Balances, December 31, 1995..................  1,800,000   18,000    5,004,000   50,040     2,213,777     (1,116,652)
Net loss for the period January 1, 1996 to
 March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..................         --       --           --       --            --       (568,205)
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
Balances, March 31, 1996 (unaudited).........  1,800,000  $18,000    5,004,000  $50,040    $2,213,777    $(1,684,857)
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                   TOTAL
                                               STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                  EQUITY
                                               -------------
<S>                                            <C>
Sale of common stock, substantially all of
 which were issued on February 22, 1995, at
 $0.10 per share.............................   $   500,400
Sale of preferred stock at $1.00 per share in
 August and September 1995 (net of issuance
 costs of $18,583)...........................     1,781,417
Net loss for the period from date of
 incorporation to December 31, 1995..........    (1,116,652)
                                               -------------
Balances, December 31, 1995..................     1,165,165
Net loss for the period January 1, 1996 to
 March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..................      (568,205)
                                               -------------
Balances, March 31, 1996 (unaudited).........   $   596,960
                                               -------------
                                               -------------
</TABLE>
 
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 22, 1995
                                             (DATE OF INCORPORATION)
                                               TO DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                          ------------------------------
                                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED    PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 22, 1995
                                                                             MARCH 31, 1996         (DATE OF INCORPORATION)
                                                                           -------------------         TO MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                                 ------------------------------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
Operating Activities:
<S>                                       <C>                              <C>                   <C>
  Net loss..............................           $(1,116,652)                 $ (568,205)               $(1,684,857)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
   net cash used in operating
   activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.......                26,473                      38,100                     64,573
    (Increase) in accounts receivable...                (4,055)                   (480,388)                  (484,443)
    (Increase) decrease in prepaid
     expenses and other current
     assets.............................               (23,984)                      5,980                    (18,004)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts
     payable............................               362,769                    (215,799)                   146,970
    Increase (decrease) in accrued
     salaries and wages.................                48,259                     (15,284)                    32,975
    Increase in accrued expenses........                19,381                      75,397                     94,778
    Increase in deferred revenue........               168,055                     316,945                    485,000
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
      Net cash used in operating
       activities.......................              (519,754)                   (843,254)                (1,363,008)
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
Investing Activity:
  Property and equipment additions......              (579,983)                   (169,353)                  (749,336)
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
Financing Activity:
  Proceeds from issuance of common and
   preferred stock, net.................             2,281,817                          --                  2,281,817
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
Increase (decrease) in Cash and Cash
 Equivalents............................             1,182,080                  (1,012,607)                   169,473
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning
 of Period..............................                    --                   1,182,080                         --
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of
 Period.................................           $ 1,182,080                  $  169,473                $   169,473
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
                                                   -----------             -------------------            -----------
</TABLE>
 
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR
            THE THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
1.  BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    DEVELOPMENT STAGE ACTIVITIES
 
    The Company was incorporated in Delaware on February 22, 1995 under the name
DSMI  Corp., and changed its  name to Disease State  Management, Inc. on October
13, 1995. On June 28, 1996 the Company changed its name to Patient  Infosystems,
Inc. The Company has selected December 31 as the close of its fiscal year.
 
    Through  March 31, 1996 the  Company's development activities have consisted
primarily of  efforts to  raise  funds, develop  the  first application  of  its
information  capture and  delivery system  (which is  a system  that proactively
collects and  analyzes  information relevant  to  patients in  specific  disease
categories  to improve patient compliance  with prescribed regimens), and market
its disease management programs for specific diseases. Successful completion  of
the  Company's program development and,  ultimately the attainment of profitable
operations, is  dependent  upon  future  events,  including  obtaining  adequate
financing  to fund its research and  development activities and achieving market
acceptance of its products.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    In   the  opinion  of  management,   the  accompanying  unaudited  financial
statements contain all  adjustments necessary  to fairly  present the  Company's
financial  position as of March 31, 1996  and the results of operations and cash
flows for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and for the period from February
22, 1995 (date of inception)  to March 31, 1996. All  such adjustments are of  a
normal  recurring nature. The  results of operations for  the three month period
ended March  31,  1996 are  not  necessarily indicative  of  the results  to  be
expected for the entire year of 1996.
 
    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    At December 31, 1995, the Company's financial instruments consist of current
assets  and current  liabilities which are  carried at  cost, which approximates
fair market value.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION AND DEFERRED REVENUE
 
    The Company's principal source  of revenue to date  has been from  contracts
with  a  pharmaceutical company  for the  development  and operation  of disease
management programs for  chronic diseases. Deferred  revenue represents  amounts
billed  in advance under these contracts. Future revenue sources are expected to
include disease management  programs and  other health  care information  system
applications.
 
        DEVELOPMENT CONTRACTS
 
        Development  contract revenue is recognized in accordance with the terms
    of the contract. Losses, if any, will be recognized in full as identified.
 
        PROGRAM OPERATIONS
 
        Revenues  from  program  operations  are  recognized  ratably  over  the
    contract period.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
1.  BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash  equivalents include all  highly liquid debt  instruments with original
maturities of three months or less.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are  stated at cost.  Depreciation is computed  using
the  straight-line method  over the estimated  useful lives of  the assets which
range from 3 to 10 years.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Research and  development  costs  consist principally  of  compensation  and
benefits  paid  to Company  employees. All  research  and development  costs are
expensed as incurred.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company uses  the asset and  liability method of  accounting for  income
taxes  in accordance  with Statement of  Financial Accounting  Standard No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes" ("Statement  109"). Under the asset and  liability
method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
tax  consequences attributable  to differences  between the  financial statement
carrying amounts of  existing assets  and liabilities and  their respective  tax
bases and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
 
    PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
    Pro  forma net  loss per share  is based  on the weighted  average number of
common and  common share  equivalents outstanding  during the  period using  the
Treasury  Stock method.  Common share  equivalents include  Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock, Common  Stock options  and Common Stock  warrants. Pursuant  to
rules  of the Securities  and Exchange Commission, all  common shares issued and
stock options and  warrants granted  by the  Company at  a price  less than  the
estimated  initial public offering price during  the twelve months preceding the
offer date  (using the  treasury stock  method until  shares are  issued and  an
assumed  public  offering price  of $12  per  share) have  been included  in the
calculation of common and common share equivalents outstanding. (See Note 8  for
a  description of additional issuances of  Preferred Stock, Common Stock options
and Common Stock warrants.)
 
2.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and  equipment  at  December  31,  1995  and  March  31,  1996  are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31
                                                         1995
                                                      -----------      MARCH 31
                                                                         1996
                                                                      -----------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>
Computer software.................................     $137,153        $140,197
Computer equipment................................      242,393         355,175
Telephone equipment...............................      120,233         123,517
Leasehold improvements............................       12,200          17,709
Office furniture and equipment....................       68,004         112,738
                                                      -----------     -----------
                                                        579,983         749,336
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization....       26,473          64,573
                                                      -----------     -----------
Property and equipment, net.......................     $553,510        $684,763
                                                      -----------     -----------
                                                      -----------     -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
3.  INCOME TAXES
    The  Company has not recorded any income  tax expense during the period from
incorporation to December 31,  1995 because of  operating losses incurred  since
incorporation.
 
    As  of December 31,  1995, the Company has  net operating loss carryforwards
for Federal income tax purposes of approximately $1,100,000 which are  available
to  offset future Federal taxable income. These carryforwards expire in 2010. No
tax benefit relating to the net operating loss carryforwards has been  reflected
in  the financial statements due to the uncertainty regarding the utilization of
any such benefit, and  a valuation allowance has  been recognized to offset  any
deferred  tax asset related to this item. Future benefit may occur to the extent
taxable income is earned prior to the expiration of the carryforward period.
 
    Section 382 of the Internal Revenue  Code imposes limitations on the use  of
net  operating loss carryforwards if there is a change in ownership, as defined,
within any three year period. These provisions place an annual limitation on the
use of the tax loss carryforwards. This annual limitation carries forward if not
used.
 
4.  PREFERRED STOCK
    The Company has 5,000,000 shares of  authorized preferred stock and has  the
ability  to  issue different  series with  different  rights and  preferences. A
summary of  the rights  and  preferences related  to  the Series  A  Convertible
Preferred Stock is as follows:
 
    The  holders  of Series  A  Convertible Preferred  Stock  have the  right to
    convert their shares into shares of Common Stock at the rate of one share of
    Common Stock for each  share of Series A  Convertible Preferred Stock.  This
    conversion  ratio will  be adjusted  in the event  that the  Company, in the
    future, sells shares of its Common Stock for less than $1.00 per share. Each
    share  of  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  be  automatically
    converted  into shares of Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate
    immediately upon the closing of an underwritten public stock offering  which
    meets  certain requirements, and it is anticipated that the current offering
    will meet these requirements.
 
    The holders  of Series  A Convertible  Preferred Stock  and the  holders  of
    Common  Stock vote together as  a single class, with  each share of Series A
    Convertible Preferred Stock  entitled to the  number of votes  equal to  the
    number  of shares of  Common Stock into  which it is  convertible. They also
    have  certain  liquidation  preferences  in  the  event  of  a  liquidation,
    dissolution  or winding up of  the Company, and the  right to participate in
    dividends to  the extent  that they  are declared  on the  Company's  Common
    Stock.
 
5.  STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS
    The  Company has an Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") for
the benefit of certain non-employee directors, employees, and key advisors.  The
Stock  Option Plan provides for 1,500,000 shares  of common stock to be reserved
for future issuance.
 
    Stock options granted under the Stock Option  Plan may be of two types:  (1)
incentive  stock options and (2) nonqualified stock options. The option price of
such grants shall be determined  by a Committee of  the Board of Directors  (the
"Committee"),  but shall be not less than the estimated fair market value of the
common stock at the date the option is granted. The terms of the grants shall be
fixed by the Committee, with no term lasting longer than ten years. The  ability
to exercise such options shall be determined by the Committee as the options are
granted.  All of the outstanding  options vest at the rate  of 20% per year with
the exception of 50,000 options which were vested as of the date of grant.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
5.  STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
    A summary of stock option activity follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             OPTION
                                                                             OUTSTANDING    PRICE PER
                                                                               OPTIONS        SHARE
                                                                             -----------  -------------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>
Options granted during the period from incorporation to December 31,
 1995......................................................................     915,000    $.10 - .75
Non-vested options forfeited by holders during the period from
 incorporation to December 31, 1995........................................     (91,000)   $.10 - .75
Options exercised during the period from incorporation to December 31,
 1995......................................................................      (4,000)      $.10
                                                                             -----------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1995...................................     820,000    $.10 - .75
Options granted during the three months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited)...      89,000       $1.25
Non-vested options forfeited by holders during the three months ended March
 31, 1996 (unaudited)......................................................      (7,500)      $1.25
                                                                             -----------
Options outstanding at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..........................     901,500    $.10 - 1.50
                                                                             -----------
Options exercisable at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..........................     100,500       $.10
Options available for grant at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..................     598,500
</TABLE>
 
    The Company  also  has outstanding  stock  purchase warrants  entitling  the
holder  to purchase  108,000 shares  of common  stock at  $.10 -  .50 per share.
22,001 of these  warrants are currently  vested, with 80,000  of the  non-vested
warrants  vesting at 20%  per year, and the  remaining 5,999 non-vested warrants
vesting at 667 per month.
 
6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The Company leases  office space for  its main operating  facility under  an
operating  lease agreement  expiring in September  1999, which  is cancelable in
September 1998 at the option of the Company. Rental expense from this lease  for
the period from incorporation to December 31, 1995 was $40,375.
 
    Future minimum lease payments under this lease are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
1996..............................................................  $  69,900
1997..............................................................     73,845
1998..............................................................     67,833
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 211,578
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
7.  RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARD
    In  October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No.  123, "Accounting for  Stock-Based
Compensation,"  which will  be effective  for the  Company beginning  January 1,
1996. SFAS No.  123 requires  expanded disclosures  of stock-based  compensation
arrangements  with employees and encourages  (but does not require) compensation
cost to be measured
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
7.  RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARD (CONTINUED)
based on  the  fair  value  of the  equity  instrument  awarded.  Companies  are
permitted,  however, to continue  to apply APB Opinion  No. 25, which recognizes
compensation cost based on the intrinsic value of the equity instrument awarded.
The Company  will continue  to  apply APB  Opinion No.  25  to its  stock  based
compensation awards to employees and will disclose the required pro forma effect
on net income and earnings per share.
 
8.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    In  May and  June of 1996  the Company sold  600,000 shares of  its Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock for a total  of $3,000,000. The holders of Series  B
Convertible  Preferred Stock have the right  to convert their shares into shares
of Common Stock  at the  rate of one  share of  Common Stock for  each share  of
Series  B Convertible Preferred Stock. This conversion ratio will be adjusted in
the event that  the Company  sells shares  of its  Common Stock  in its  initial
underwritten public stock offering for less than $10.00 per share. Each share of
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will be automatically converted into shares
of  Common  Stock at  the then  effective conversion  rate immediately  upon the
closing of an underwritten public  stock offering which meets certain  criteria,
and it is anticipated that the current offering will meet those requirements.
 
    In  April  and  May 1996,  the  Company  issued incentive  stock  options to
purchase 207,000 shares of its  Common Stock at an  exercise price of $1.50  per
share, and stock purchase warrants to purchase 49,500 shares of its Common Stock
at an exercise price of $1.50 per share.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO  PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS,
AND,  IF GIVEN OR  MADE, SUCH INFORMATION  OR REPRESENTATION MUST  NOT BE RELIED
UPON AS  HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY  THE  COMPANY OR  BY ANY  UNDERWRITER.  THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY  ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES
IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A  SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF  THE
SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY  TO ANY  PERSON IN  ANY JURISDICTION  IN WHICH  IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE  SUCH AN OFFER  OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER  THE DELIVERY OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THE  INFORMATION CONTAINED  HEREIN IS  CORRECT AS  OF ANY  DATE
SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
The Company....................................           5
Risk Factors...................................           5
Use of Proceeds................................          12
Dividend Policy................................          12
Capitalization.................................          13
Dilution.......................................          14
Selected Financial Data........................          15
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................          16
Business.......................................          18
Management.....................................          30
Certain Transactions...........................          34
Principal Stockholders.........................          35
Description of Capital Stock...................          36
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          38
Underwriting...................................          39
Legal Matters..................................          40
Experts........................................          40
Additional Information.........................          40
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                 --------------
 
    UNTIL               , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED  TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS. THIS  DELIVERY
REQUIREMENT  IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING  AS UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT TO  THEIR UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTION.
 
                                2,500,000 SHARES
 
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                     ------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                                          , 1996
 
                                   ---------
 
                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
 
                            NEEDHAM & COMPANY, INC.
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
    Set  forth below is an  estimate of the fees and  expenses to be incurred in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share, offered hereby.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee.......................  $  11,897
NASD Filing Fee...........................................................  $   3,950
NASDAQ Listing Fee........................................................  $
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses................................................  $       *
Legal Fees and Expenses...................................................  $       *
Accounting Fees...........................................................  $       *
Printing and Engraving Costs..............................................  $       *
Transfer Agent Fees.......................................................  $       *
Miscellaneous Expenses....................................................  $       *
                                                                            ---------
    TOTAL.................................................................  $ 600,000
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
* To be included by amendment
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
    The  Registrant's  Certificate   of  Incorporation   contains  a   provision
eliminating   or  limiting  director   liability  to  the   Registrant  and  its
stockholders for  monetary  damages  arising  from  acts  or  omissions  in  the
director's  capacity as director. The provision  does not, however, eliminate or
limit the personal liability of a director (i) for any breach of such director's
duty of  loyalty  to  the Registrant  or  its  stockholders, (ii)  for  acts  or
omissions  not in good faith or  which involve intentional misconduct or knowing
violation of  the  law, (iii)  under  the Delaware  statutory  provision  making
directors personally liable, under a negligence standard, for unlawful dividends
or  unlawful stock  purchases or  redemptions or  (iv) for  any transaction from
which the director derived an  improper personal benefit. This provision  offers
persons who serve on the Board of Directors of the Registrant protection against
awards of monetary damages resulting from breaches of their duty of care (except
as  indicated  above).  As  a  result of  this  provision,  the  ability  of the
Registrant or a stockholder thereof to successfully prosecute an action  against
a  director for breach  of his duty  of care is  limited. However, the provision
does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction  or
rescission  based upon a director's  breach of his duty  of care. The Securities
and Exchange Commission has taken the  position that the provision will have  no
effect on claims arising under the Federal securities laws.
 
    In  addition,  the  Registrant's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws
provide for mandatory indemnification rights, subject to limited exceptions,  to
any  director or officer of the Registrant who  by reason of the fact that he or
she is  a  director  or officer  of  the  Registrant, is  involved  in  a  legal
proceeding  of any nature. Such indemnification rights include reimbursement for
expenses incurred by such director, officer, employee or agent in advance of the
final deposition of such proceeding in accordance with the applicable provisions
of Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
    The following table sets forth all  sales of unregistered securities by  the
Registrant within the past three years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AGGREGATE
                                                                                    OFFERING
NATURE OF TRANSACTION AND DATE     CLASS OF PURCHASERS        SECURITIES SOLD         PRICE      PRICE PER SHARE
- ------------------------------  -------------------------  ---------------------  -------------  ----------------
<S>                             <C>                        <C>                    <C>            <C>
Initial Capitalization          Three Accredited           5,000,000 Common        $   500,000   $0.10
 February 1995                  Investors                  Stock
Private Placement August and    Nineteen Accredited        1,800,000 Series A      $ 1,800,000   $1.00
 September 1995                 Investors                  Preferred Stock
Warrant Issuances 1995          Two Consultants            108,000 Common Stock       (No sale)  $0.10 - $0.50
                                                                                                 Exercise price
Option grants 1995              Sixteen Key Employees      915,000 Common Stock       (No sale)  $0.10 - $0.75
                                                                                                 Exercise price
Exercise of Stock Options       One Key Employee           4,000 Common Stock      $   400,000   $0.10
 December 1995
Option grants 1996              Twenty-Four Key Employees  296,000 Common Stock       (No sale)  $1.25-$1.50
                                                                                                 Exercise price
Warrant Issuances April 1996    Four Consultants           49,500 Common Stock        (No sale)  $1.50 Exercise
                                                                                                 Price
Private Placement May and June  Twenty-five Accredited     600,000 Series B        $ 3,000,000   $5.00
 1996                           Investors                  Preferred Stock
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company  relied on  Section 4(2)  of  the Securities  Act and  Rule 701
promulgated thereunder for each issuance. No underwriters were involved nor  any
commissions paid in connection with any of the above transactions.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(A) EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                         DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       1.1*  Underwriting Agreement
       3.1   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
       3.2   Certificates of Designation
       3.3   By-Laws
       5.1*  Opinion of Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione
      10.1   Employment Agreement with Donald A. Carlberg
      10.2   Stock Option Plan
      10.3   Forms of Stock Option Agreement
      10.4** Services Agreement dated September 18, 1995 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
              Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
      10.5** Services Agreement dated February 1, 1996 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
              Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
      10.6** Services Agreement dated March 30, 1996 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
              Squibb Oncology, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
      10.7** Services Agreement dated April 23, 1996 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
              Squibb Oncology/Immunology, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
      10.8** Services Agreement dated October 16, 1995 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
              Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                         DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
      10.9** Services Agreement dated June 24, 1996 between the Company and American
              HomePatient, Inc.
     10.10** Services Agreement dated June 21, 1996 between the Company and Equifax Healthcare
              Administrative Services, a division of Equifax, Inc.
      23.1*  Consent of Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione (See Item 5.1)
      23.2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
      24.1   Power of Attorney (Page II-5)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 *  To be filed by amendment.
 
**   Portions of these Exhibits have been omitted and have been filed separately
    with  the  Secretary  of  the   Commission  pursuant  to  the   Registrant's
    Application  Requesting  Confidential  Treatment under  Rule  406  under the
    Securities Act.
 
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    None
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters,
at the Closing  specified in  the Underwriting Agreement,  certificates in  such
denominations  and registered in  such names as required  by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers,  and  controlling  persons  of the
Registrant pursuant to  Item 14 hereof,  or otherwise, the  Registrant has  been
advised  that in the  opinion of the Commission  such indemnification is against
public  policy  as  expressed   in  the  Securities   Act  and  is,   therefore,
unenforceable.  In  the  event that  a  claim for  indemnification  against such
liabilities (other than the  payment by the Registrant  of expenses incurred  or
paid  by a  director, officer,  or controlling person  of the  Registrant in the
successful defense  of any  action, suit,  or proceeding)  is asserted  by  such
director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of appropriate
jurisdiction the  question of  whether  such indemnification  by it  is  against
public  policy as expressed  in the Securities  Act and will  be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned Registrant further undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities  Act,
    the  information omitted from the  form of Prospectus filed  as part of this
    Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    Prospectus filed by  the Registrant  pursuant to  Rule 424(b)(1)  or (4)  or
    497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall be  deemed  to  be  part  of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the  Securities
    Act,  each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
    be deemed to  be a  new Registration  Statement relating  to the  securities
    offered  therein, and the offering  of such securities at  the time shall be
    deemed to be bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                        SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused  this  Registration  Statement  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by   the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the  City of Rochester, State of New
York, on July 2, 1996.
 
                                          PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
 
                                          By:       /s/ DONALD A. CARLBERG
 
                                        ________________________________________
                                                     Donald A. Carlberg,
                                                President and Chief Executive
                                                         Officer
 
    Pursuant to  the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act,  this  Registration
Statement  has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated. Each  person whose signature  appears below hereby  constitutes
and appoints Donald A. Carlberg and Gregory D. Brown, or either of them, as such
person's  true  and  lawful  attorney-in-fact  and  agent  with  full  power  of
substitution for such person and in such person's name, place and stead, in  any
and  all  capacities, to  sign  and to  file  with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission, any  and  all  amendments  and  post-effective  amendments  to  this
Registration  Statement, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection
therewith,  granting  unto  said  attorney-in-fact  and  agent  full  power  and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to  be done in and about  the premises, as fully to  all intents and purposes as
such person might  or could do  in person, hereby  ratifying and confirming  all
that  said attorney-in-fact and agent, or  any substitute therefor, may lawfully
do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                                 TITLE                                  DATE
- ------------------------------------  ------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
 
<C>                                   <S>                                   <C>
       /s/ DONALD A. CARLBERG         President, Chief Executive Officer
    ----------------------------      and Director (Principal Executive                             July 2, 1996
         Donald A. Carlberg           Officer)
 
        /s/ GREGORY D. BROWN          Senior Vice President and Chief
    ----------------------------      Financial Officer (Principal                                  July 2, 1996
          Gregory D. Brown            Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
       /s/ DERACE L. SCHAFFER
    ----------------------------      Chairman of the Board and Director                            July 2, 1996
         Derace L. Schaffer
 
         /s/ JOHN PAPPAJOHN
    ----------------------------      Director                                                      July 2, 1996
           John Pappajohn
 
       /s/ BARBARA J. MCNEIL
    ----------------------------      Director                                                      July 2, 1996
         Barbara J. McNeil
 
         /s/ CARL F. KOHRT
    ----------------------------      Director                                                     June 27, 1996
           Carl F. Kohrt
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                      PAGE
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<C>          <S>                                                                            <C>
       1.1*  Underwriting Agreement
       3.1   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
       3.2   Certificates of Designation
       3.3   By-Laws
       5.1*  Opinion of Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione
      10.1   Employment Agreement with Donald A. Carlberg
      10.2   Stock Option Plan
      10.3   Forms of Stock Option Agreement
      10.4** Services Agreement dated September 18, 1995 between the Company and Bristol-
              Myers Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb
              Company
      10.5** Services Agreement dated February 1, 1996 between the Company and
              Bristol-Myers Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers
              Squibb Company
      10.6** Services Agreement dated March 30, 1996 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
              Squibb Oncology, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
      10.7** Services Agreement dated April 23, 1996 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
              Squibb Oncology/Immunology, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
      10.8** Services Agreement dated October 16, 1995 between the Company and
              Bristol-Myers Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers
              Squibb Company
      10.9** Services Agreement dated June 24, 1996 between the Company and American
              HomePatient, Inc.
     10.10** Services Agreement dated June 21, 1996 between the Company and Equifax
              Healthcare Administrative Services, a division of Equifax, Inc.
      23.1*  Consent of Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione (See Item 5.1)
      23.2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
      24.1   Power of Attorney (Page II-5)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 *  To be filed by amendment.
 
**   Portions of these Exhibits have been omitted and have been filed separately
    with  the  Secretary  of  the   Commission  pursuant  to  the   Registrant's
    Application  Requesting  Confidential  Treatment under  Rule  406  under the
    Securities Act.

<PAGE>


                       CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                   OF

                               DSMI CORP.



     I, the undersigned, for the purposes of incorporating and organizing a 
corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do 
execute this Certificate of Incorporation and do hereby certify as follows:

     1.  The name of the Corporation is DSMI CORP.
     2.  The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of 
Delaware is 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New 
Castle. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address 
is The Corporation Trust Company.
     3.  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or 
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General 
Corporation law of the State of Delaware.
     4.  (a)  The total number of shares which the corporation shall have 
authority to issue is 25,000,000 shares of capital stock, divided into 
20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the par value of $.01 per share, and 
5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the par value of $.01 per share.
         (b)  The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations 
prescribed by law and the provisions of this Paragraph 4 to provide for the 
issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a 
certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to 
establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such 
series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the 
shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or 
restrictions thereof.
              The authority of the Board with respect to each series shall 
include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

                                     1

<PAGE>

              (i)     The number of shares constituting that series and the 
distinctive designation of that series;
              (ii)    The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether 
dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the 
relative rights or priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of 
that series;
              (iii)   Whether that series shall have voting rights, in 
addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such 
voting rights;
              (iv)    Whether that series shall have conversion privileges, 
and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision 
for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of 
Directors shall determine;
              (v)     Whether or not the shares of that series shall be 
redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, 
including the date or date upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and 
the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary 
under different conditions and at different redemption dates;
              (vi)    Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the 
redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and 
amount of such sinking fund;
              (vii)   The rights of the shares of that series in the event of 
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the 
Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of 
shares of that series;
              (viii)  Any other relative rights, preferences and limitations 
of that series.
          Dividends on outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be paid or 
declared and set apart for payment before any dividends shall be paid or 
declared and set apart for payment on the Common Stock with respect to the 
same dividend period.
          If, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or 
winding up of the Corporation, the assets available for distribution to 
holders of shares of Preferred Stock of all series shall be insufficient to 
pay such holders the full preferential amount to which they are entitled, 
then such assets shall be distributed ratably among the shares of all

                                       2

<PAGE>

series of Preferred Stock in accordance with the respective preferential 
amounts (including unpaid cumulative dividends, if any) payable with respect 
thereto.
     5.  The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Steven R. Gersz, 
Esq., 1800 Chase Square, Rochester, New York 14604.
     6.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to 
make, alter or repeal by-laws of the Corporation, but the stockholders may 
make additional by-laws and may alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by 
them or otherwise.
     7.  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to 
the extent provided in the by-laws of the Corporation.
     8.  A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation 
or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a 
director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation 
thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of 
Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment, 
modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect 
any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect 
of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, 
modification or repeal.
     9.  The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to 
time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this 
Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of 
the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the 
manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and 
privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any 
other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation 
in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights 
reserved in this article.

                                       3

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole incorporator for the 
purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, 
does make, file and record this Certificate of Incorporation, does certify 
that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, has executed this 
Certificate of Incorporation this 21st day of February, 1995.




                                        /s/ STEVEN R. GERSZ
                                        ------------------------------------- 
                                        Steven R. Gersz, Sole Incorporator



                                       4


<PAGE>

                        CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                    OF

                       CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                    OF

                                 DSMI CORP.


     DSMI CORP., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of 
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as 
follows:

     1. The Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to change the name 
of the corporation in paragraph 1 to Disease State Management, Inc. Paragraph 
1 shall read in its entirety as follows:

         1. The name of the Corporation is Disease State Management, Inc.

     2. This amendment was duly adopted by Unanimous Written Consent of the 
Board of Directors of the Corporation followed by the Writen Consent of 
Stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 
242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Written 
Notice has been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation 
Law of the State of Delaware.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said DSMI CORP. has caused this certificate to be 
signed by Donald Carlberg, its President, and Gregory D. Brown, its 
Secretary, this 13th day of October, 1995.



                                     DSMI CORP.



                                     By: /s/ Donald Carlberg
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                             Donald Carlberg, President

ATTEST:


/s/ Gregory D. Brown, Secretary
- -------------------------------
    Gregory D. Brown, Secretary

<PAGE>


                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                    TO THE

                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                      OF

                        DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT, INC.


     Pursuant to the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware Corporation Law,
the undersigned corporation executes the following Certificate of Amendment to
its Certificate of Incorporation:


     1. The name of the corporation is Disease State Management, Inc. (the 
"Corporation").

     2. The following amendment to the Corporation's Certificate of
Incorporation was approved by written consent of the directors of the
Corporation, and thereafter duly adopted by written consent of the majority of
the shareholders of the Corporation, dated as of June 27, 1996:

        RESOLVED, that Article 1 of the Corporation's Certificate of 
Incorporation be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

        1. The name of the corporation is Patient Infosystems, Inc.


     3. The total number of shares entitled to vote on the amendment was
7,404,000.

     4. The number of shares voted for the amendment was 3,934,000, the number
of shares voted against the amendment was 0.

     The effective date of this Amendment to the corporation's Certificate of 
Incorporation shall be upon filing.



Dated the 28th day of June, 1996.



ATTEST:                                DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT, INC.


By: /s/ Gregory D. Brown               By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
   ----------------------                  -----------------------
Name:  Gregory D. Brown                Name:  Donald A. Carlberg
Title: Secretary                       Title: President





<PAGE>

         CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE,
               PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS,
          AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS THEREOF
                                       OF THE
                              SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK
                                         OF
                                      DSMI CORP.



Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of 

Delaware

   DSMI Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Corporation") certifies that, 

pursuant to the authority contained in paragraph 4 of its Certificate of 

Incorporation, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the 

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, its Board of Directors has 

adopted the following resolution creating a series of its Series A Preferred 

Stock, par value $.01 per share, designated as Series A Preferred Stock:


         RESOLVED, that a series of the class of authorized $.01 par
   value Preferred Stock of the Corporation be hereby created, and that
   the designation and amount thereof and the voting powers, preferences
   and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of the
   shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or 
   restrictions thereof are as follows:

   Section 1.  DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.  The shares of such series shall be 
designated as "Series A Preferred Stock" and the number of shares 
constituting such series shall be 1,800,000.

   Section 2.  VOTING RIGHTS.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the 
Series A Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall vote together as a single 
class, with each share of Series A Preferred Stock being entitled to that 
number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which it 
is convertible at the record date for determining Shareholders entitled to 
vote, or if no record date has been fixed, as of the date the vote is taken 
or the written consent therefore is solicited. Holders of the Series A 
Preferred Stock are not entitled to cumulative voting. Without the 
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes attributable to the 
issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation may not (1) 
authorize or create any class of stock senior to the Series A Preferred 
Stock as to dividends or liquidation preference, (2) make any changes to the 
Certificate of Incorporation which would adversely affect the voting powers 
or other rights and preferences of the Series A Preferred Stock, or (3) 
increase the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock; provided, 
however, that out of the existing authorized

                                       1

<PAGE>

Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors may designate classes of Preferred 
Stock that is PARI PASSU with the Series A Preferred Stock.

   Section 3.  LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE.  In the event of any liquidation, 
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary of 
involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to 
receive $1.00 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends, as and only if 
such dividends were declared by the Corporation's Board of Directors, out of 
the assets of the Corporation available for distribution, before any payment 
of any amount to holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock ranking junior to 
the Series A Preferred Stock. If the assets available for distribution are 
insufficient to pay the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders 
of all Preferred Stock that is PARI PASSU with the Series A Preferred Stock 
the full amount to which they are entitled, then such holders shall share 
ratably in any distribution of the assets of the Corporation in proportion to 
the amounts that would have been payable with respect to their shares if all 
amounts payable with respect to such shares were paid in full.

   Section 4.  DIVIDENDS.  Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be 
entitled to participate in dividends declared by the Corporation's Board of 
Directors on Common Stock at the same time and on the same basis as holders 
of Common Stock, each share of Series A Preferred Stock being entitled to the 
same amount as would have been declared or paid thereon had the holder thereof 
elected to convert the same into shares of Common Stock as of the record date 
fixed for determining holders of Common Stock entitled to participate therein.

   Section 5.  CONVERSION RIGHTS.  Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock 
will have the right at any time to convert their shares into shares of Common 
Stock at the rate of one share of Common Stock for each share of Series A 
Preferred Stock (the "Conversion Rate"), subject to adjustment of the 
Conversion Rate as provided herein. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock 
will be automatically converted into shares of Common Stock at the then 
effective Conversion Rate (1) immediately upon the closing of an Initial 
Public Offering of the Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration 
statement under the Securities Act of 1993, as amended, in which the 
aggregate gross proceeds received by the Corporation equals or exceeds 
$5,000,000, or (2) upon the approval of two-thirds or more of the votes 
attributable to the issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock.

   Section 5.1  EXCHANGE OF SHARE CERTIFICATES.  Before any holder of Series 
A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to voluntarily convert such Series A 
Preferred Stock into Common Stock, and upon the automatic conversion thereof, 
such holder shall surrender the stock certificate or certificates therefore, 
duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for 
its capital stock, accompanied, in the case of a voluntary conversion, by a 
written notice of its election to convert the same and the number of shares 
of Series A Preferred Stock to be so converted. Upon receipt of such stock 
certificate(s) and notice where required, the Corporation shall forthwith 
issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series A Preferred Stock a 
stock certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to 
which it shall be entitled pursuant hereto. Each conversion

                                       2

<PAGE>

shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business 
of the Corporation on the date of the voluntary surrender to the Corporation 
of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted or the date of automatic 
conversion, as the case may be, and the person or persons entitled to receive 
the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for 
all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock 
on such date.

   Section 5.2  PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION.

                (a)  If, at any time or from time to time while the Series A 
Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Corporation shall distribute to the 
holders of Common Stock (i) securities other than Common Stock, or (ii) 
property other than cash, without payment therefore, with respect to the 
Common Stock, then, and in each such case, a holder of Series A Preferred 
Stock, upon the conversion thereof, shall thereafter be entitled to receive 
the securities and properties which the holder would hold on the date of 
conversion if the holder had been the holder of record of the number of 
shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion immediately prior to the 
date of such an event and, during the period from such date to and including 
the date of conversion, had retained such shares and the securities and 
properties receivable by the holder during such period.

                (b)  If, at any time or from time to time while the Series A 
Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Corporation shall (i) pay a dividend in 
Common Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding Common Stock into a greater 
number of shares, or (iii) combine its outstanding Common Stock into a 
smaller number of shares, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Rate 
shall be adjusted so that any share of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered 
for conversion immediately thereafter would be entitled to receive the number 
of shares of Common Stock which the holder would have owned immediately 
following such action had such share of Series A Preferred Stock been 
converted immediately prior thereto. An adjustment made pursuant to this 
Paragraph 5.2(b) shall become effective immediately after the record date in 
the case of a dividend and shall become effective immediately after the 
effective date in the case of a subdivision or combination.

                (c)  If, at any time or from time to time while the Series A 
Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Corporation shall (i) make a distribution 
on its Common Stock in shares of capital stock or (ii) issue by 
reclassification of its Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the 
Corporation, then, and in each such case, a holder of Series A Preferred 
Stock, upon the conversion thereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive 
the kind and amount of Common Stock or other securities which the holder 
would have owned immediately following such action had such share of Series A 
Preferred Stock been converted immediately prior thereto.

                (d)  In case of any consolidation or merger to which the 
Corporation is a party, other than a merger or consolidation in which the 
Corporation is the continuing corporation, or in case of any sale or 
conveyance to another entity of the property of the Corporation as an 
entirety or substantially as an entirety, or in the case of any statutory

                                       3

<PAGE>

exchange effected in connection with a merger of a third corporation into the 
Corporation, a holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall thereafter have the 
right to convert the Series A Preferred Stock into the kind and amount of 
securities, cash or other property which the holder would have owned or have 
been entitled to receive immediately after such consolidation, merger, sale, 
conveyance or statutory exchange has such the Series A Preferred Stock been 
converted immediately prior to the effective date of such consolidation, 
merger, sale, conveyance of statutory exchange and in any such case, if 
necessary, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the 
provisions set forth in this Section 5 with respect to the rights and interests 
thereafter of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock to the end that the 
provisions set forth in this Section 5 shall thereafter correspondingly be 
made applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be, in relation to any shares of 
stock or other securities or property thereafter deliverable on the 
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock. The above provisions of this 
Section 5.2(d) shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers, 
sales, conveyances or statutory exchanges. Notice of any such consolidation, 
merger, sale, conveyance or statutory exchange and of said provisions so 
proposed to be made, shall be mailed to the holders of Series A Preferred 
Stock not less than 30 days prior to such event; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that 
failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such 
consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or statutory exchange.

                (e)  If, at any time or from time to time the Corporation 
shall issue and sell any of its Common Stock, or any securities convertible 
into Common Stock at a price less than $1.00 per share, then the Conversion 
Rate shall be adjusted to be equal to $1.00 multiplied by the aggregate 
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following such 
transaction (including as outstanding those issuable upon conversion of all 
Series A Preferred Stock and other securities convertible into Common Stock), 
DIVIDED BY (i) the sum of (A) $1.00 multiplied by the aggregate number of 
shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction 
(including as outstanding those issuable upon conversion of all Series A 
Preferred Stock and other securities convertible into Common Stock) PLUS (B) 
the aggregate consideration, if any, received or receivable by the 
Corporation upon such transaction; provided, however that the foregoing 
shall not apply in connection with the issuance of options granted pursuant 
to any stock option plan adopted by the Corporation or the issuance of Common 
Stock pursuant to such options.

                (f)  The adjustments provided in this Section 5.2 shall be 
cumulative. Upon any adjustment as provided in this Section 5.2 and upon any 
modification of the rights of a holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock 
in accordance with this Section 5.2, the Corporation shall promptly obtain, 
at its expense, a certificate of a firm of independent public accountants 
selected by the Board of Directors (who may be the regular auditors of the 
Corporation) setting forth the Conversion Rate after such adjustment or the 
effect of such modification, a brief statement of the facts requiring such 
adjustment or modification and the manner of computing the same and cause 
copies of such certificate to be mailed to the holders of the Series A 
Preferred Stock.

and be it further

                                       4

<PAGE>


         RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Corporation are 
   hereby authorized, empowered and directed to take all such further 
   action and to execute, deliver, certify and file all instruments 
   and documents in the name of and on behalf of this Corporation as 
   such officers executing same shall approve as necessary or advisable 
   to effectuate and accomplish the purpose of the foregoing resolution 
   and the transactions contemplated thereby, the taking of such action 
   and the execution, delivery, certification and filing of such 
   documents to be conclusive evidence of such approval.


   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said DSMI Corp. has caused this Certificate of 

Designations, Powers, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional or 

Other Special Rights, and the Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions 

thereof of the Series A Preferred Stock to be duly executed by its President 

and attested to by its Secretary and has caused its corporate seal to be 

affixed hereto this 25th day of August, 1995.



                                      DSMI CORP.


                                      By: /s/ DONALD A. CARLBERG
                                          ----------------------------------- 
                                          Donald A. Carlberg, President



ATTEST:


/s/ GREGORY D. BROWN
- ----------------------------------
Gregory D. Brown, Secretary


                                       5
<PAGE>



         CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE,
                PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS,
                   AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS THEREOF
                                     OF THE
                            SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK
                                       OF
                         DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT, INC.


     Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware
     Disease State Management, Inc. a Delaware corporation ("Corporation")
certifies that, pursuant to the authority contained in paragraph 4 of its
Certificate of Incorporation, and in accordance with the provisions of Section
151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, its Board of
Directors has adopted the following resolution creating a series of its Series B
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, designated as Series B Preferred
Stock:

          RESOLVED, that a series of the class of authorized $.01 par value
     Preferred Stock of the Corporation be hereby created, and that the
     designation and the amount thereof and the voting powers, preferences and
     relative, participating, optional and other special rights of the shares of
     such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof
     are as follows:

     Section 1.  DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.  The shares of such series shall be
designated as "Series B Preferred Stock" and the number of shares constituting
such series shall be 600,000.

     Section 2.  VOTING RIGHTS.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Series
B Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall vote together as a single class,
with each share of Series B Preferred Stock being entitled to that number of
votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which it is convertible
at the record date for determining Shareholders entitled to vote, or if no
record date has been fixed, as of the date the vote is taken or the written
consent therefore is solicited.  Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock are not
entitled to cumulative voting.  Without the affirmative vote of at least two-
thirds of the votes attributable to the issued and outstanding Series B
Preferred Stock, the Corporation may not (1) authorize or create any class of
stock

<PAGE>

senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to dividends or liquidation
preference, (2) make any changes to the Certificate of Incorporation which would
adversely affect the voting powers or other rights and preferences of the Series
B Preferred Stock, or (3) increase the number of authorized shares of Preferred
Stock; provided, however, that out of the existing authorized Preferred Stock,
the Board of Directors may designate classes of Preferred Stock that is PARI
PASSU with the Series B Preferred Stock.

     Section 3.  LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE.  In the event of any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary of involuntary,
the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive $5.00
per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends, as and only if such dividends
were declared by the Corporation's Board of Directors, out of the assets of the
Corporation available for distribution, before any payment of any amount to
holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock ranking junior to the Series B
Preferred Stock.  If the assets available for distribution are insufficient to
pay the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of all Preferred
Stock that is PARI PASSU with the Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to
which they are entitled, then such holders shall share ratably in any
distribution of the assets of the Corporation in proportion to the amounts that
would have been payable with respect to their shares if all amounts payable with
respect to such shares were paid in full.

     Section 4.  DIVIDENDS.  Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be
entitled to participate in dividends declared by the Corporation's Board of
Directors on Common Stock at the same time and on the same basis as holders of
Common Stock, each share of Series B Preferred Stock being entitled to the same
amount as would have been declared or paid thereof had the holder thereof
elected to convert the same into shares of Common Stock as of the record date
fixed for determining holders of Common Stock entitled to participate therein.

     Section 5.  CONVERSION RIGHTS.  Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock
will have the right at any time to convert their shares into shares of Common
Stock at the rate of one share of Common Stock for each share of Series B
Preferred Stock (the "Conversion Rate"), subject to adjustment of the Conversion
Rate as provided herein.  Each share of Series B Preferred Stock will be
automatically converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective
Conversion Rate (1) immediately upon the closing of an Initial Public Offering
of the Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1993, as amended, in which the aggregate gross proceeds
received by the Corporation equals or exceeds $5,000,000, or (2) upon approval
of two-thirds or more of the votes attributable to the issued and outstanding
Series B Preferred Stock.

     Section 5.1  EXCHANGE OF SHARE CERTIFICATES.  Before any holder of Series B
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to voluntarily convert such Series B Preferred
Stock into Common Stock, and upon the automatic conversion thereof, such holder
shall surrender the stock certificate or certificates therefore, duly endorsed,
at the office of

<PAGE>

the Corporation or of any transfer agent for its capital stock, accompanied, in
the case of a voluntary conversion by a written notice or its election to
convert the same and the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be so
converted.  Upon receipt of such stock certificate(s) and notice where required
the Corporation shall forthwith issue and deliver at such office to such holder
of Series B Preferred Stock a stock certificate or certificates for the number
of shares of Common Stock to which it shall be entitled pursuant hereto.  Each
conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of
business of the Corporation on the date of the voluntary surrender to the
Corporation of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted or the date of
automatic conversion, as the case may be, and the person or persons entitled to
receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be
treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of
Common Stock on such date.

     Section 5.2    PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION.

     (a)  If, at any time or from time to time while the Series B Preferred
Stock is outstanding, the Corporation shall distribute to the holders of Common
Stock (i) securities other than Common Stock, or (ii) property other than cash,
without payment therefore, with respect to the Common Stock, then, and in each
such case, a holder of Series B Preferred Stock, upon the conversion thereof,
shall thereafter be entitled to receive the securities and properties which the
holder would hold on the date of conversion if the holder had been the holder of
record of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion
immediately prior to the date of such an event and, during the period from such
date to and including the date of conversion, had retained such shares and the
securities and properties receivable by the holder during such period.

     (b)  If, at any time or from time to time while the Series B Preferred
Stock is outstanding, the Corporation shall (i) pay a dividend in Common Stock,
(ii) subdivide its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or
(iii) combine its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then
and in such case, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that any share of
Series B Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion immediately thereafter would
be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock which the holder
would have owned immediately following such action had such share of Series B
Preferred Stock been converted immediately prior thereto.  An adjustment made
pursuant to this Paragraph 5.2(b) shall become effective immediately after the
record date in the case of a dividend and shall become effective immediately
after the effective date in the case of a subdivision or combination.

     (c)  If, at any time or from time to time while the Series B Preferred
Stock is outstanding, the Corporation shall (i) make a distribution on its
Common Stock in shares of capital stock or (ii) issue by reclassification of its
Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, then, and in each
such case, a holder of Series B

<PAGE>

Preferred Stock, upon the conversion thereof, shall thereafter have the right to
receive the kind and amount of Common Stock or other securities which the holder
would have owned immediately following such action had such share of Series B
Preferred Stock been converted immediately prior thereto.

     (d)  In case of any consolidation or merger to which the Corporation is a
party, other than a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is the
continuing corporation, or in case of any sale or conveyance to another entity
of the property of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety, or in the case of any statutory exchange effected in connection with a
merger of a third corporation into the Corporation, a holder of Series B
Preferred Stock shall thereafter have the right to convert the Series B
Preferred Stock into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property
which the holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive immediately
after such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or statutory exchange had
such the Series B Preferred stock been converted immediately prior to the
effective date of such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or statutory
exchange and in any such case, if necessary, appropriate adjustment shall be
made in the application of the provisions set forth in this Section 5 with
respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of Series B
Preferred Stock to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 5 shall
thereafter correspondingly be made applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be,
in relation to any shares of stock or other securities or property thereafter
deliverable on the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock.  The above
provisions of this Section 5.2(d) shall similarly apply to successive
consolidations, mergers, sales, conveyances or statutory exchanges.  Notices of
any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or statutory exchange and of
said provisions so proposed to be made, shall be mailed to the holders of Series
B Preferred Stock not less than 30 days prior to such event; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such
consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or statutory exchange.

     (e)  (If the Corporation shall issue and sell shares of its Common Stock
for less than $10.00 per share, its first underwritten public offering of shares
of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act
(the "Initial Public Offering"), the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that
at the time of conversion the aggregate market value of the Common Stock into
which the Series B Preferred Stock is converted will equal $10.00 multiplied by
the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock converted.

     (f)  The adjustments provided in this Section 5.2 shall be cumulative.
Upon any adjustment as provided in this Section 5.2 and upon any modification of
the rights of a holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with
this

<PAGE>

Section 5.2, the Corporation shall promptly obtain, at its expense, a
certificate of a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Board of
Directors (who may be the regular auditors of the Corporation) setting forth the
Conversion Rate after such adjustment or the effect of such modification, a
brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment or modification and the
manner of computing the same and cause copies of such certificate to be mailed
to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock.

and be it further

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Corporation are hereby authorized,
empowered and directed to take all such further action and to execute, deliver,
certify and file all instruments and documents in the name of and on behalf of
this Corporation as such officers executing same shall approve as necessary or
advisable to effectuate and accomplish the purpose of the foregoing resolution
and the transactions contemplated thereby, the taking of such action and the
execution, delivery, certification, and filing of such documents to be
conclusive evidence of such approval.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Disease State Management, Inc. has caused this
Certificate of Designations, Powers, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
Optional or Other Special Rights, and the Qualifications, Limitations or
Restrictions thereof of the Series B Preferred Stock to be duly executed by its
President and attested to by its Secretary and has caused its corporate seal to
be affixed hereto this     day of            , 1996.
                       ----       -----------
DSMI CORP.



By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
    ---------------------------------
    Donald A. Carlberg, President




(Corporate Seal)


ATTEST:


/s/ Gregory D. Brown
- ------------------------------
Gregory D. Brown, Secretary

<PAGE>


                                 Certified to be a true and correct copy of
                                 the By-Laws of DSMI Corp. adopted by
                                 the Incorporator on February 22, 1995,
                                 and approved by written consent of the
                                 Board of Directors on the same date.

                                 /s/ John Pappajohn
                                 -------------------------------------
                                 John Pappajohn, Secretary


                            BYLAWS
                              OF
                          DSMI CORP.
                   (a Delaware corporation)

                        ARTICLE I

                        STOCKHOLDERS

              SECTION 1.01 ANNUAL MEETING. The Annual Meeting of the
stockholders of this Corporation, for the purpose of electing Directors and
transacting such other business as may come before the meeting, shall be held on
such date, at such time and at such place as may be designated by the Board of
Directors.

              SECTION 1.02 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special Meetings of the
stockholders may be called at any time by the Chairman or by the President, or
by a majority of the entire Board of Directors acting with or without a meeting.
Special Meetings may be called for any purpose(s); however, the business
transacted at any such Special Meeting shall be confined to the purposes set
forth in the notice thereof.

              SECTION 1.03 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be
held at such place as the person or persons calling the meetings shall decide,
unless the Board of Directors decides that a meeting shall be held at some other
place and causes the notice thereof to so state.

              SECTION 1.04 NOTICES OF MEETINGS. Unless waived, a written,
printed, or typewritten notice of each Annual or Special meeting, stating the
date, hour and place and the purpose or purposes thereof shall be delivered or
mailed to each stockholder of record entitled to vote or entitled to notice, not
more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before any such meeting. If mailed, such
notice shall be directed to a stockholder at his or her address as the same
appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice shall not be required to be
given to any stockholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, in person

                                        1
<PAGE>

or by proxy, whether before or after such meeting. The attendance of any 
stockholder at a meeting without protesting, prior to the conclusion of the 
meeting, the lack of notice of such meeting, shall constitute a waiver of 
notice by him or her. If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place and 
such adjournment is for 30 days or less and no new record date is fixed for 
the adjourned meeting, no further notice as to such adjourned meeting need be 
given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are fixed and announced 
at such meeting. If, however, such adjournment exceeds 30 days or if, after 
the adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a 
notice of such adjourned meeting must be given to each stockholder of record 
entitled to vote at such meeting. In the event of a transfer of shares after 
notice has been given and prior to the holding of the meeting, it shall not 
be necessary to serve notice on the transferee. Such notice shall specify the 
place where the stockholders list will be open for examination prior to the 
meeting if required by Section 1.08 hereof.

              SECTION 1.05 FIXING DATE FOR DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS OF
RECORD. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof,
or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any
other change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other
lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which
shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting,
nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If the Board shall not fix such
a record date, (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business
on the date next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is
waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the
meeting is held, and (ii) in any case involving the determination of
stockholders for any purpose other than notice of or voting at a meeting of
stockholders, the record date for determining stockholders for such purpose
shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors shall
adopt the resolution relating thereto. Determination of stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment
of such meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new
record date for the adjourned meeting.

              SECTION 1.06 ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the stockholders,
the Chairman, or in the absence of the Chairman, the President, or, in the
absence of both such officers, a Chairman chosen by a majority in interest of
the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, shall act
as Chairman, and the Secretary of the Corporation, or, if the Secretary of the
Corporation not be present, the Assistant Secretary, or, in the absence of both
such officers, any person whom the Chairman of the Meeting shall appoint, shall
act as Secretary of the Meeting.

              SECTION 1.07 QUORUM. A stockholders' meeting duly called shall not
be organized for the transaction of business unless a quorum is present. Except
as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, the presence in person or by proxy of holders of record of shares
of stock of the Corporation entitling

                               2

<PAGE>

them to exercise at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation
shall constitute a quorum for such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly
organized meeting can continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding
the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. If a meeting
cannot be organized because a quorum has not attended, a majority in voting
interest of the stockholders present may adjourn, or, in the absence of a
decision by the majority, any officer entitled to preside at such meeting may
adjourn the meeting from time to time to such time (not more than 30 days after
the previously adjourned meeting) and place as they (or he/she) may determine,
without notice other than by announcement at the meeting of the time and place
of the adjourned meeting. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is
present any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the
meeting as originally called.

              SECTION 1.08 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. The Secretary of the
Corporation shall prepare and make a complete list of the stockholders of record
as of the applicable record date entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to
the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the
meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. This list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The Corporation
shall be entitled for all purposes to rely on the address for any stockholder
appearing on the records of its duly-appointed transfer agent(s), unless a
stockholder shall specifically file with the Secretary of the Corporation a
written request that notices intended for such stockholder be mailed to a
different address, in which case all notices shall be mailed to the address
specified in such request.

              SECTION 1.09 ORDER OF BUSINESS AND PROCEDURE. The order of
business at all meetings of the stockholders and all matters relating to the
manner of conducting the meeting shall be determined by the Chairman of the
Meeting, whose decisions may be overruled only by majority vote of the
stockholders present and entitled to vote at the meeting in person or by proxy.
Meetings shall be conducted in a manner designed to accomplish the business of
the meeting in a prompt and orderly fashion and to be fair and equitable to all
stockholders, but it shall not be necessary to follow any manual of
parliamentary procedure.

          SECTION 1.10 VOTING.

              (a) Each stockholder of Common Stock shall, at each meeting of the
stockholders, be entitled to one vote for each share of the Common Stock of the
Corporation which shall have been held by and registered in the name of such
stockholder on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to these
Bylaws as the record

                                        3
<PAGE>

date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at
such meeting, except as may otherwise be provided by statute or the Certificate
of Incorporation.

              (b) Any such voting rights may be exercised by the stockholder
entitled thereto in person or by such stockholder's proxy appointed by an
instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney
thereunto authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Meeting in sufficient
time to permit the necessary examination and tabulation thereof before the vote
is taken; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration
of three years after the date of its execution, unless the stockholder executing
it shall have specified therein the length of time it is to continue in force.
At any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present, all matters,
except as otherwise expressly required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation
or these Bylaws, shall be decided by the vote of a majority of the shares
present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat and thereon. The vote
at any meeting of the stockholders on any questions need not be by ballot,
unless so directed by the Chairman of the Meeting or required by the Certificate
of Incorporation; PROVIDED, however, that with respect to the election of
Directors, any stockholder shall have the right to demand that such vote be
taken by written ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the
stockholder voting, or by such stockholder's proxy, as the case may be, and it
shall state the number of shares voted. Each proxy shall be revocable at the
pleasure of the person executing it, or of such person's personal
representative(s) or assign(s), except as otherwise provided by statute. The
authority of the holder of a proxy to act shall not be revoked by the
incompetence or death of the stockholder who executed the proxy unless, before
the authority is exercised, valid and sufficient written notice of an
adjudication of such incompetence or of such death is received by the Secretary
of the Corporation.

              SECTION 1.11 INSPECTORS. The Board of Directors, in advance of any
meeting of the stockholders, may appoint one or more inspectors to act at the
meeting. If inspectors are not so appointed, the person presiding at the meeting
may appoint one or more inspectors. If any person so appointed fails to appear
or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors
in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. The
inspectors so appointed shall determine the number of shares outstanding, the
shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the
authenticity, validity and effect of proxies and shall receive votes, ballots,
waivers, releases, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions
arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes,
ballots, waivers, releases, or consents, determine and announce the results and
do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspectors
shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined
by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by them. Any report or
certificate made by them shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated and
of the vote as certified by them.

                               4

<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE II

                      BOARD OF DIRECTORS

              SECTION 2.01 GENERAL POWERS OF BOARD. The powers of the
Corporation shall be exercised, its business and affairs conducted, and its
property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by
the law of Delaware or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each Director shall
be at least 21 years of age.

              SECTION 2.02 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of Directors of the
Corporation shall not be less than two, with the exact number of Directors to be
such number as may be set from time to time by resolution adopted by affirmative
vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no
decrease in the size of the Board shall serve to reduce the term of any Director
then in office. As used in these Bylaws, the term "entire Board" means the total
number of Directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
The initial number of Directors and the persons appointed as the initial
Directors shall be as selected by the incorporator.

              SECTION 2.03 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. At each Annual Meeting of the
stockholders, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by
the holders of Common Stock entitled to vote thereon for a term of one year, and
shall hold office until the election and qualification of their successors, or
until their earlier resignation or removal.

              SECTION 2.04 NOMINATIONS. Nominations for the election of
Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or by any
stockholder entitled to vote for the election of Directors.

              SECTION 2.05 RESIGNATIONS. Any Director of the Corporation may
resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman, the President or
the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time
specified therein, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of
such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

              SECTION 2.06 VACANCIES. In the event that any vacancy shall occur
in the Board of Directors, whether because of death, resignation, removal, newly
created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of
Directors, the failure of the stockholders to elect the whole authorized number
of Directors, or for any other reason, such vacancy shall be filled by the vote
of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum. A
Director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next Annual
Meeting of stockholders for the election of Directors, and until the election
and qualification of his or her successor.

                               5

<PAGE>

              SECTION 2.07 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Any or all of the Directors may
be removed for cause or without cause only by a majority vote of all outstanding
shares of stock.

              SECTION 2.08 PLACE OF MEETING, ETC. The Board of Directors may
hold any of its meetings at the principal office of the Corporation or at such
other place or places as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
Directors may participate in any regular or special meeting of the Board of
Directors or of any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment pursuant to which all persons participating in
any such meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute
presence in person at any such meeting.

              SECTION 2.09 REGULAR MEETINGS. A Regular Meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be held following each Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the
purpose of organizing the Corporation's affairs and the transaction of such
other business as may properly come before such meeting. Other Regular Meetings
of the Board of Directors may be held at such intervals and at such time as
shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Once such
determination has been made and notice thereof has been once given to each
person then a member of the Board of Directors, such Regular Meetings may be
held at such intervals and at the time(s) and place(s) so designated without
further notice being given.

              SECTION 2.10 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called at any time by the Chairman, by the President or by a
majority of Directors then in office, to be held on such day and at such time as
shall be specified by the person or persons calling the meeting.

              SECTION 2.11 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice of each Special Meeting
or, where required, each Regular Meeting of the Board of Directors shall be
deemed properly given to each Director either: (a) when mailed by first class
mail, postage prepaid, to each Director, addressed to him or her at his or her
residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which
such meeting is to be held; or (b) when sent to him or her at such address by
telegraph, cable, telex, telecopier, facsimile or other similar means, or when
delivered to him or her personally, or when given to him or her by telephone or
other similar means, in any event at least 24 hours before the time at which
such meeting is to be held. Such notice shall specify the place, date and time
of the meeting; however, except as otherwise specifically required by these
Bylaws, notice of any Regular or Special Meeting of the Board of Directors need
not state the purpose or purposes of such meeting and, at any such meeting duly
held, any business may be transacted. At any meeting of the Board of Directors
at which every Director shall be present, even though without such notice, any
business may be transacted. Any acts or proceedings taken at a meeting of the
Board of Directors not validly called or convened may be made valid and fully
effective by ratification at a subsequent meeting that has been validly called
or convened. A written waiver of notice of a Special or Regular Meeting, signed
by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the
time

                               6

<PAGE>

stated therein, shall be deemed the equivalent of such notice, and attendance of
a Director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting
except when the Director attends the meeting and prior to or at the commencement
thereof protests the lack of proper notice to him or her, or that the meeting is
not lawfully called or convened.

              SECTION 2.12 QUORUM AND VOTING. At all meetings of the Board of
Directors, the presence of a majority of the Directors then in office shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
such number may not be less than one-third of the entire Board. Except as
otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws,
the vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which a quorum
is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. At all meetings of the
Board of Directors, each Director shall have one vote.

              SECTION 2.13 COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may appoint an
Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, an Executive Compensation Committee and
any other committee of the Board of Directors, each to consist of three or more
Directors of the Corporation. Each such committee shall have and may exercise
all of the powers and authority of the Board of Directors necessary and
appropriate to the carrying out of its functions, EXCEPT that no such committee
shall have the power or authority:

          (a) To amend the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws;

          (b) To adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation;

          (c) To recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of
all or substantially all the Corporation's property and assets;

          (d) To recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation
or a revocation of a dissolution; nor

          (e) To declare a dividend, authorize the issuance of stock or adopt a
certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law unless the resolution creating such committee expressly
so provides.

          The Executive Committee of the Board shall have the power and
authority to act in lieu of the full Board of Directors as may be necessary in
the intervals between Board meetings and as otherwise requested by the full
Board, except as otherwise specifically circumscribed by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

          The Audit Committee of the Board shall periodically review the
Corporation's auditing practices and procedures, make recommendations to
management or to the Board of Directors as to any changes to such practices and
procedures deemed necessary from time to time to comply with applicable auditing
rules, regulations and practices, and recommend independent auditors for the
Corporation to be elected by the stockholders.

                                        7
<PAGE>

A majority of this Committee shall at all times consist of Directors who are not
also employees or officers of the Corporation.

              The Executive Compensation Committee of the Board shall meet from
time to time to make recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning the
compensation and benefits payable to the Corporation's executive officers and
other senior executives.

              Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of
Directors and shall be subject to the control and direction of the Board of
Directors. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members
thereof present at any meeting may appoint a member of the Board of Directors
previously designated by the Board of Directors as a committee alternate to act
in the place of such absent member. Any such committee shall keep written
minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors at the
next Regular Meeting of the Board of Directors.

              SECTION 2.14 COMPENSATION. The Board of Directors may, by
resolution passed by a majority of those in office, fix the compensation of
Directors for service in any capacity and may fix fees for attendance at
meetings and may authorize the Corporation to pay the traveling and other
expenses of Directors incident to their attendance at meetings, or may delegate
such authority to a committee of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors
shall fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation who are appointed
by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may authorize the Chairman or
the President to fix the compensation of such assistant and subordinate officers
and agents as either of them is authorized to appoint and remove.

              SECTION 2.15 ACTION BY CONSENT. Any action required or permitted
to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof
may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all
members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, and
such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of
Directors or such committee.

                           ARTICLE III

                             OFFICERS

              SECTION 3.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS. The officers of the Corporation
shall be the Chairman of the Board, a President, such number of Vice Presidents
as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, a Secretary and a
Treasurer. Any person may hold any two or more offices and perform all the
duties thereof. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chief Executive Officer,
a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Controller, one or more
Assistant Secretaries and such other officers as it may determine from time to
time in the exercise of its sole discretion.

                                        8
<PAGE>

              SECTION 3.02 ELECTION, TERMS OF OFFICE, AND QUALIFICATION. The
officers of the Corporation named in Section 3.01 of this Article III shall be
elected by the Board of Directors for an indeterminate term and shall hold
office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

              SECTION 3.03 ADDITIONAL OFFICERS, AGENTS, ETC. In addition to the
officers mentioned in Section 3.01 of this Article III, the Corporation may have
such other officers or agents as the Board of Directors may deem necessary and
may appoint, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority
and perform such duties as may be provided in these Bylaws as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may from time
to time delegate to the Chairman or the President the power to appoint any
subordinate officers or agents and prescribe the powers and duties thereof. In
the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason the Board
of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may delegate the powers
and duties of such officer, in whole or in part, to any other officer, or to any
Director.

              SECTION 3.04 REMOVAL. Any officer of the Corporation may be
removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by resolution adopted by the
Board of Directors at any meeting. Any officer appointed not by the Board of
Directors but by an officer or committee to which the Board of Directors shall
have delegated the power of appointment may be removed, with or without cause,
by the Board of Directors, by the committee that or superior officer (including
successors) who made the appointment, or by any committee or officer upon whom
such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

              SECTION 3.05 RESIGNATIONS. Any officer may resign at any time by
giving written notice to the Board of Directors, or to the Chairman, the
President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein,
the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

              SECTION 3.06 VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification, or otherwise, shall be filled in the
manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments or elections to such
office.

                              ARTICLE IV

                       DUTIES OF THE OFFICERS

              SECTION 4.01 CHAIRMAN. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings
of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall have general charge
of and be primarily responsible for the conduct of the business of the
Corporation, including long-range planning and strategic analyses of the
Corporation's future growth and direction, and subject to the Board's approval,
establishing the general business policies


                                        9
<PAGE>


and goals of the Corporation. Except where by law the signature of the President
is required, the Chairman shall possess the same power as the President to sign
all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may
be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the
President, the Chairman shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the
duties of the President. The Chairman shall also perform such duties and may
exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned by these Bylaws
or by the Board of Directors.

              SECTION 4.02 PRESIDENT. The President shall, subject to the
control of the Board and the Chairman, have general supervision of the
day-to-day operation and administration of the business of the Corporation,
together with such other duties and such other powers as from time to time may
be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chairman. He shall execute all
bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a
seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by
law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of
the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these
Bylaws, the Board of Directors Or Chairman. In the absence or disability of the
Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and
the Board of Directors.

              SECTION 4.04 VICE PRESIDENTS. The Vice Presidents shall perform
such duties as are conferred upon them by these Bylaws or as may from time to
time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the
President. Any one of the Vice Presidents may be designated by the Board of
Directors as an Executive Vice President. At the request of the Chairman or the
President, or in the absence or disability of the President, the Executive Vice
President shall perform all the duties and have all the powers of the President.
If there be no Executive Vice President, the Vice President designated by the
Board of Directors shall perform such duties and exercise such functions. Each
Vice President shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time
be properly prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman, or the
President.

              SECTION 4.05 TREASURER. The Treasurer shall keep correct and
complete books and records of account for the Corporation. Subject to the
control and supervision of the Board of Directors and the Chairman, or such
other officer as either of them may designate, the Treasurer shall establish
programs for the provision of the capital required by the Corporation, including
negotiating the procurement of capital and maintaining adequate sources for the
Corporation's current borrowings from lending institutions. He shall maintain
banking arrangements to receive, have custody of and disburse the funds and
securities of the Corporation. He shall invest the funds of the Corporation as
required, and establish and coordinate policies for investment in pension and
other similar accounts due the Corporation. The Treasurer shall have such other
powers and duties as may from time to time be properly prescribed by the Board
of Directors, the Chairman, the President or the Chief Financial Officer.

              SECTION 4.06 SECRETARY; ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Secretary shall
attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders, and shall
record all votes

                                       10
<PAGE>

in the Minutes of all such proceedings in a book to be maintained for such
purpose. The Secretary shall give or cause to be given a notice of all meetings
of stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall be the
custodian of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the seal to any
instrument when authorized by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall keep
all the documents and records of the Corporation, as required by law or
otherwise, in a proper and safe manner. At the request of the Board of
Directors, the Chairman, the President, or the Secretary, any Assistant
Secretary shall have all the powers and duties of and may act in place of the
Secretary. The Secretary and each Assistant Secretary shall have such other
powers and duties as may from time to time be properly prescribed by the Board
of Directors, the Chairman or the President.

              SECTION 4.07 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Board of Directors may
appoint a Chief Financial Officer. Subject to the control and supervision of the
Board of Directors and the Chairman, the Chief Financial Officer shall have
general charge of establishing and overseeing all financial and accounting
policies and matters of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall also
have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be properly
prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman.

              SECTION 4.08 CONTROLLER. The Board of Directors may appoint a
Controller. Subject to the control and supervision of the Board of Directors,
the Chairman, or such officer as either of them may designate, the Controller
shall establish, coordinate and administer an adequate plan for the financial
control of operations, including profit planning, programs for capital investing
and for financing, sales forecasts, expense budgets and cost standards, together
with the necessary procedures to effectuate such plans. The Controller shall
compare performance with operating plans and standards and shall report and
interpret the results of operations to all levels of management.

                            ARTICLE V

           INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

              SECTION 5.01 INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall indemnify any
person who was, is, or is threatened to be made a party to a proceeding (as
hereinafter defined) by reason of the fact that he or she (i) is or was a
director or officer of the Corporation or (ii) while a director or officer of
the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent, or
similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership,
joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan, or other
enterprise, to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General
Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Such right
shall be a contract right and as such shall run to the benefit of any director
or officer who is elected and accepts the position of director or officer of the
Corporation or elects to continue to serve as a director or officer of the
Corporation while this Article V. is in effect. Any repeal or amendment of this
Article V. shall be

                                       11
<PAGE>


prospective only and shall not limit the rights of any such director or officer
or the obligations of the Corporation with respect to any claim arising from or
related to the services of such director or officer in any of the foregoing
capacities prior to any such repeal or amendment to this Article V. Such right
shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation expenses incurred in
investigating or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final
disposition to the maximum extent permitted under the Delaware Corporation Law,
as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. If a claim for indemnification
or advancement of expenses hereunder is not paid in full by the Corporation
within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the
Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the
Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in
whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of
prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action that such
indemnification or advancement of costs of defense is not permitted under the
Delaware General Corporation Law, but the burden of proving such defense shall
be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its
board of directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or
stockholders) to have made its determination prior to the commencement of such
action that indemnification of, or advancement of costs of defense to, the
claimant is permissible in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the
Corporation (including its board of directors or any committee thereof,
independent legal counsel, or stockholders) that such indemnification or
advancement is not permissible shall be a defense to the action or create a
presumption that such indemnification or advancement is not permissible. In the
event of the death of any person having a right of indemnification under the
foregoing provisions, such right shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs,
executors, administrators, and personal representatives. The rights conferred
above shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or
hereafter acquire under any statute, by-law, resolution of stockholders or
directors, agreement, or otherwise.
               The Corporation may additionally indemnify any employee or agent
of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.
               Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent
permitted by then applicable law, the grant of mandatory indemnification
pursuant to this Article V. shall extend to proceedings involving the negligence
of such person.
               As used herein, the term "proceeding" means any threatened,
pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, arbitrative, or investigative, any appeal in such an action,
suit, or proceeding, and any inquiry or investigations that could lead to such
an action, suit or proceeding.

                           ARTICLE VI

                   SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

               SECTION 6.01 CERTIFICATE FOR SHARES. Every owner of one or more
shares  in this Corporation shall be entitled to a certificate, which shall be
in such form as the Board  of Directors shall prescribe, certifying the number
and class of shares in the Corporation

                               12

<PAGE>

owned by such person. When such certificate is countersigned by an incorporated
transfer agent or registrar, the signature of any of said officers may be
facsimile, engraved, stamped or printed. The certificates for the respective
classes of such shares shall be numbered in the order in which they shall be
issued and shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman, the
President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or the Treasurer. A record
shall be kept of the name of the person, firm, or corporation owning the shares
represented by each such certificate and the number of shares represented
thereby, the date thereof and in case of cancellation, the date of cancellation.
Every certificate surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or transfer shall
be cancelled and no new certificate or certificates shall be issued in exchange
for any existing certificates until such certificates shall have been so
cancelled. In case any officer who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has
been placed upon a certificate, shall have ceased to be such officer before such
certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with
the same effect as if such person were such officer at the date of issue.

              SECTION 6.02 LOST, DESTROYED OR MUTILATED CERTIFICATES. If any
certificates for shares in this Corporation become worn, defaced, or mutilated
but are still substantially intact and recognizable, the Directors, upon
production and surrender thereof, shall order the same cancelled and shall issue
a new certificate in lieu of same. The holder of any shares in the Corporation
shall immediately notify the Corporation if a certificate therefor shall be
lost, destroyed, or mutilated beyond recognition, and the Corporation may issue
a new certificate in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it which
is alleged to have been lost or destroyed or mutilated beyond recognition.
Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or an officer of the
Corporation, the owner of the certificate which has been lost, destroyed, or
mutilated beyond recognition, or his legal representative, shall give the
Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as may be
required to adequately indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be
made against it on account of the alleged loss, destruction, or mutilation of
any such certificate. The Board of Directors may, however, in its discretion,
refuse to issue any such new certificate pending the resolution of any legal
proceedings involving such certificate or the loss, destruction or mutilation
thereof.

              SECTION 6.03 TRANSFERS OF SHARES. Transfers of shares in the
Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the registered
holder thereof, his or its legal guardian, executor, or administrator, or by his
or its attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and
filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or with a transfer agent appointed
by the Board of Directors, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates
for such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by properly executed stock
powers (and any requested signature guarantees) and evidence of the payment of
all taxes imposed upon such transfer. The person in whose name shares stand on
the books of the Corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by law, be
deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation, and the
Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or
interest in such


                                       13
<PAGE>


shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or
other notice thereof, except as expressly provided by statute.

              SECTION 6.04 STOCK LEDGERS. The stock ledgers of the Corporation
containing the names and addresses of the stockholders and the number of shares
held by them respectively shall be maintained at the principal offices of the
Corporation, or, if there be a transfer agent, at the office of such transfer
agent as the Board of Directors shall determine.

              SECTION 6.05 REGULATIONS. The Board of Directors may make such
rules and regulations as it may deem expedient and not inconsistent with these
Bylaws concerning the issue, transfer, and registration of certificates for
shares in the Corporation. It may appoint one or more transfer agents or one or
more registrars, or both, and may require all certificates for shares to bear
the signature of either or both.

                            ARTICLE VII

                              FINANCES

              SECTION 7.01 DIVIDENDS. Subject to any statutory provisions,
dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board
of Directors, payable on such dates as the Board of Directors may designate.

              SECTION 7.02 RESERVES. Before the payment of any dividend, there
may be set aside out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends,
such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time in its absolute
discretion deem proper as a reserve to meet contingencies or for equalizing
dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or
for such other purpose as the Board shall deem conducive to the interests of the
Corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in
the manner in which it was created.

              SECTION 7.03 BILLS, NOTES, ETC. All checks or demands for money
and notes or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the
Corporation shall be made in the name of the Corporation and shall be signed by
such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of
Directors may from time to time designate.

                            ARTICLE VIII

                             DIVISIONS

              SECTION 8.01 CREATION OF DIVISIONS. The Board of Directors may
from time to time create Divisions of the Corporation as operational units of
the Corporation, and may


                                       14
<PAGE>


set apart to such Divisions such aspects or portions of the business, affairs
and properties of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may from time to
time determine.

              SECTION 8.02 DIVISION OFFICERS. The Board of Directors of the
Corporation may appoint as officers of a Division a President, one or more Vice
Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and any other officers, all of whom shall
serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The same person may hold two or
more offices of a Division, and any person holding an office of a Division may
also be elected an officer of the Corporation. The officers and all other
persons who shall serve a Division in the capacities set forth in this Article
are hereby appointed agents of the Corporation with the powers and duties herein
set forth; provided, however, that the authority of said agents shall be limited
to matters related to the properties, business and affairs of the Division and
shall not extend to any other portion of the properties, business and affairs of
the Corporation. The Board of Directors may from time to time authorize the
Chairman or the President of the Corporation to appoint and remove all such
Divisional officers and agents and to prescribe their respective powers and
duties.

              SECTION 8.03 DIVISION PRESIDENT. The President of a Division 
shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Division and shall have the 
responsibility for the general management of the affairs of the Division, 
subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the 
Corporation. He shall see that all orders, instructions, policies and 
resolutions of the Board of Directors, the Chairman and the President of the 
Corporation relating to the business and affairs of the Division are carried 
into effect.

              SECTION 8.04 DIVISION SECRETARY. The Division Secretary shall have
the custody of such books and papers, shall maintain such records and shall have
such other powers and duties as may from time to time be properly prescribed by
the Board of Directors, the Chairman, or the President of the Corporation and by
the Division President.

              SECTION 8.05 DIVISION TREASURER. Subject to the direction of the
Treasurer of the Corporation and the Division President, the Division Treasurer
shall have custody of the funds and securities of the Division, shall keep full
and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the
Division, shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to
the credit of the Division in such depositories as may be designated by the
Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time
to time be properly prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman, or the
President of the Corporation and by the Division President.


                                       15
<PAGE>

                          ARTICLE IX

                            SEAL

              The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal, which shall
be circular and contain the name of the Corporation engraved around the margin
and the words "corporate seal," the year of its organization, and the word
"Delaware."

                         ARTICLE X

                         AMENDMENTS

              SECTION 10.01 POWER TO AMEND. These Bylaws may be adopted,
altered, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
67% of the issued and outstanding shares of this Corporation's Common Stock. The
Board of Directors shall also have the power to adopt, alter, amend or repeal
these Bylaws by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors at any meeting
thereof, subject to the right of the holders of this Corporation's Common Stock
to adopt, alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws as aforesaid.



                                       16



<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1
                                                                    ------------


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              ---------- ---------

DSMI Corp. (the "Company") and Donald Carlberg ("Employee") enter into this
Employment Agreement ("Agreement") as of March 1st, 1995, the effective date of
this Agreement.

In consideration of the agreement and covenants contained in the Agreement, the
Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   EMPLOYMENT DUTIES.   The Company shall employ Employee as its
     President and Chief Executive Officer.  Employee shall have the
     responsibilities, duties and authority normally associated with such
     titles, shall be responsible for the administration and execution of the
     Company's policies, business affairs and operations and shall have such
     further duties as shall, from time to time, be reasonably delegated or
     assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board").
     Employee shall perform faithfully the duties assigned to him to the best of
     his abilities and shall devote his full and undivided business time and
     attention to transaction of the Company's business.  In addition, during
     the term of this Agreement, Employee shall serve in such other offices and
     capacities to which he may be appointed or elected by the Board.

     2.   TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.   The term of employment covered by this Agreement
     shall commence as of the effective date of this Agreement and continue for
     a period of one year, subject to the provisions of paragraph three below.
     Upon expiration of the initial term of employment or any subsequent term,
     this Agreement shall be renewed automatically for successive periods of one
     year each, unless either party notifies the other of its intention not to
     renew at least sixty days prior to the expiration of the term.

     3.   TERMINATION.    Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 2 of this
     Agreement, the Company may terminate the Employee's employment for any
     reason.  Unless Employee is terminated for "cause" (as defined below), the
     Company shall continue to pay Employee's compensation and fringe benefits
     for a period of six months following the date of termination if termination
     of Employee's employment occurs after six months from the effective date of
     this Agreement.  If Employee is terminated for cause or is terminated for
     any reason within six months from the effective date of this Agreement,
     Employee's compensation and fringe benefits shall cease immediately upon
     termination.  Employee may terminate this Agreement at any time upon giving
     the Company 30 days prior written notice.  In such event, Employee shall
     continue to render services and shall be paid his regular compensation
     exclusive of bonuses up to the date of termination.  As used in this



<PAGE>


     Agreement, "cause" shall mean (a) fraud or any illegal act by or on the
     part of Employee in the performance of his duties under this Agreement, (b)
     Employee's failure to perform or (c) misconduct in performing his duties
     under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
     Agreement, in the event of termination, the Employee shall receive a pro-
     rated portion of the bonus stipulated in Paragraph 5 hereto.

     4.   COMPENSATION.    As compensation for his services, the Company shall
     pay Employee a base salary of $125,000 per year payable monthly in arrears
     on the first day of each month.  Employee's compensation shall be subject
     to annual review and may, at the discretion of the Board, be adjusted to
     reflect Employee's increased responsibilities, capabilities and
     performance.

     5.   BONUSES.   Employee shall receive a bonus of $25,000 payable one year
     from the effective date of this Agreement, provided that Employee continues
     to be employed by the Company on such date.  In addition, the Employee
     shall be eligible for discretionary bonuses in amounts to be determined
     from time to time by the Board based upon the performance of the Company
     and Employee.

     6.   STOCK OPTIONS.    On March 1st, 1995, the Company shall issue stock
     options to Employee entitling him to purchase 250,000 shares of common
     stock of the Company at an exercise price of $0.10 per share.  This option
     shall have a five year term, with the right to exercise vesting immediately
     with respect to 50,000 of these shares, and vesting 20 percent at the end
     of each year through the first five years of employment with respect to the
     remaining 200,000 of these shares.  The option shall be exercisable for six
     months following expiration of the option.  Employee shall also be eligible
     for additional option grants based upon his general performance.  The
     vested portion of the options grated herewith shall be exercisable for
     ninety days following termination of Employee's employment.

     7.   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.    Employee shall be entitled to participate in
     such employee benefit plans as the Company may make available to its senior
     management.

     8.   SIGNING BONUS.   The Employee shall receive a bonus of $15,000.00 upon
     the execution of this Agreement.

     9.   BUSINESS EXPENSES.       The Company shall reimburse Employee for all
     reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by Employee in
     performance of his duties during the term of this Agreement.  Employee
     shall provide the Company with supporting documentation sufficient to
     satisfy reporting requirements of the Internal Revenue Service and the
     Company.



<PAGE>



     10.  ASSIGNMENTS.    Employee acknowledges that the services to be rendered
     by Employee, pursuant to this Agreement are unique and personal.
     Accordingly, Employee may not assign any of his rights or delegate any of
     his duties or obligations under this Agreement.  The Company may assign its
     rights, duties, or obligations under this Agreement to a subsidiary or to a
     purchaser or transferee of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the
     Company; provided that such assignee has the financial capacity to perform
     such obligations under this Agreement and such entity shall assume the
     obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

     11.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.   This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and
     Confidentiality Agreement entered into between the Company and Employee. a
     copy of which is attached hereto and which is incorporated by reference
     herein, constitute the entire Agreement between the Company and the
     Employee.  The parties may modify this Agreement only by a written
     instrument signed by the parties.

     12.  NOTICES.   Any notice required or permitted to be given to Employee
     under this Agreement shall be sufficiently given if sent to Employee by
     certified mail addressed to him at the following address:  15 Shadow Creek,
     Penfield, New York, 14526 or such other address as he shall designate by
     notice to the Company.  Any notice required or permitted to be given to the
     Company under this Agreement shall be sufficiently given if sent to the
     Company by certified mail addressed to the following address:  148 Oak
     Lane, Rochester, New York, 14610 or at such other address as the Company
     shall designate by notice to Employee.

     13.  INJUNCTIVE RELIEF.   Employee acknowledges and agrees that, in the
     event he shall violate any of the restrictions of Paragraphs 1 or 14 hereof
     or contained in  the Proprietary Information and Confidentiality Agreement,
     the Company will be without adequate remedy at law and will therefore be
     entitled to enforce such restrictions by temporary or permanent injunctive
     or mandatory relief obtained in a court of competent jurisdiction without
     the necessity of proving damages and without prejudice to any other
     remedies which it may have at law or in equity.

     14.  COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.   The services of Employee are unique and
     extraordinary and essential to the business of the Company, especially
     since Employee shall have access to the Company's customer lists, trade
     secrets and other privileged and confidential information essential to the
     Company's business.  Therefore, Employee agrees that if his employment
     hereunder shall at any time terminate for any reason whatsoever, Employee
     will not at any time







<PAGE>



     within one (1) year after such termination, without the prior written
     approval of the Company, directly or indirectly, engage in any business
     activity which involves the measurement of clinical outcomes for patients
     with acute or chronic diseases, or the measurement of patient compliance
     with prescribed treatments for acute or chronic diseases; and further,
     Employee agrees that during such one (1) year period he shall not solicit,
     directly or indirectly, any prospective account or employee of the Company
     which at the time of such termination was then actively being solicited by
     the Company.

     15.  APPLICABLE LAW.     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
     in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

     16.  SEVERABILITY.      Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement
     will be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under
     applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of
     such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such
     provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

DSMI CORP.

By   /s/ Derace Schaffer
  -----------------------------------------------
Name:    Dr. Derace Schaffer
Title: Chairman



EMPLOYEE

/s/  Donald Carlberg
- ------------------------------------------------
Donald Carlberg




<PAGE>

                                      DSMI CORP.
                                  STOCK OPTION PLAN


    1    PURPOSE.  The DSMI CORP.  STOCK OPTION PLAN (hereinafter referred to
as the Plan")is designed to furnish additional incentive to both key employees
and Directors of DSMI Corp., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as
the "Company"), and its parents or subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative
and efforts the successful conduct of the business of the Company largely
depends, by encouraging such persons to acquire a proprietary interest in the
Company or to increase the same, and to strengthen the ability of the Company to
attract and retain in its employ, or as a member of the Board of Directors,
persons of training, experience and ability.  Such purpose will be effected
through the granting of "Incentive Stock Options" within the meaning of Section
422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (hereinafter the "Code")
and options which do not qualify as incentive stock options ("Non-Qualified
Options").

    2.   ADMINISTRATION.

         (a)  The Plan shall be administered by a committee chosen by the Board
of Directors of the Company (the "Committee") and decisions of the Committee
concerning the interpretation and construction of any provisions of the Plan or
of any option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be final.  In the absence of
the Committee, the Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors of the
Company.  The Company shall effect the grant of options under the Plan in
accordance with the decisions of the Committee, which may, from time to time,
adopt rules and regulations for the carrying out of the Plan.  For purposes of
the Plan, an option shall be deemed to be granted when a written Option Contract
is signed on behalf of the Company by a member of the Committee.  Subject to the
express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority, in its
discretion and without limitation: to determine the individuals to receive
options, the times when such individuals shall receive options, the number of
Shares to be subject to each option, the term of each option, the date(s) on
which each option shall become exercisable, whether an option is subject to
vesting pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof, whether an option shall be exercisable
in whole, in part, or in installments, the number of Shares to be subject to
each installment, the date each installment shall become exercisable, the term
of each installment, the option price of each option, and the terms of payment
for Shares purchased by the exercise of each option; to accelerate the date of
exercise of any installment; and to make all other determinations necessary or
advisable for administering the Plan.

         (b)    The Committee may grant Incentive Stock Options and Non-
Qualified Stock Options pursuant to a single option agreement so long as each
option is clearly identified as to its status.  Notwithstanding anything else
contained in the Plan, if the Committee issues a single option agreement which
contains both Incentive Stock Options


                                        - 1 -

<PAGE>


and Non-Qualified Stock Options, the exercise of one cannot affect the exercise
of the other.

    3.   ELIGIBILITY.  The persons who shall be eligible to receive options
under the Plan shall be Directors and those employees of the Company, or of any
of its parents or subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 424(e) and (f) of
the Code who are exempt from the overtime provisions of the Fair Labor
Standards Act of 1938, as amended, by reason of employment in an executive,
administrative or professional capacity under 29 U.S.C. Section 213(a)(1);
provided, however, Directors, who are not employees of the Company or any of its
parents or subsidiaries, shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock
Options.  Additionally, no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to a person
who would, at the time of the grant of such option, own, or be deemed to own for
purposes of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code, more than 10% of the total combined
voting power of all classes of shares of stock of the Company or its parents or
subsidiaries unless at the time of the grant of the Incentive Stock Option both
of the following conditions are met:

         (a)  The option price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the
shares of stock subject to the Incentive Stock Option, as defined in Section
4(a) hereof, and

         (b)  the option is, by its terms, not exercisable after the expiration
of five years from the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

    4.   SHARES SUBJECT TO 0PTIONS.

         (a)  Subject to the provisions of Section 5(g) hereof, options may be
granted under the Plan to purchase in the aggregate not more than 1,500,000
shares of the $.01 par value Common Stock of the Company (hereinafter referred
to as "Shares"), which Shares may, in the discretion of the Committee, consist
either in whole or in part of authorized but unissued Shares or Shares held in
the treasury of the Company.  Any Shares subject to an option which for any
reason expires or is terminated unexercised as to such Shares shall continue to
be available for options under the Plan.

         (b)  To the extent the aggregate fair market value, determined as of
the time the option is granted, of Shares for which stock options are
exercisable for the first time by such individual in any calendar year, under
all incentive stock option plans of the Company or in any corporation which is a
parent or subsidiary of the Company, exceeds $100,000, such options shall be
treated as Non-Qualified Options.  However, the value of the Shares for which
Incentive Stock Options may be granted to such individual from the Company in a
given year may exceed $100,000.


                                         - 2 -

<PAGE>


    5.   TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.   Options shall be granted by the
Committee pursuant to the Plan and shall be subject to the following terms and
conditions:

         (a)  PRICE. Each option shall state the number of Shares subject to
the option and the option price, which, in the case of an Incentive Stock
Option, shall be not less than the fair market value of the Shares with respect
to which the option is granted at the time of the granting of the option.  In
addition, the option price shall be at least 110% of fair market value in the
case of a grant of an Incentive Stock Option to a person who would at the time
of the grant, own, or be deemed to own for purposes of Section 422(b)(6) of the
Code, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Shares
of the Company or its parents or subsidiaries.  For purposes of this subsection,
"fair market value" shall mean:

              (i)  the mean between the bid and asked price for the Shares on
the business day immediately preceding the date of the grant of the option;

              (ii) the most recent sale price for the Shares as of the date of
the grant of the option; or

              (iii)     such price as shall be determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company in an attempt made in good faith to meet the
requirements of Section 422(b)(4) of the Code.


         (b)  TERM.  The term of each option shall be determined by the
Committee, but in no event shall an option be exercisable either in whole or in
part after the expiration of ten years from the date on which it is granted.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee and an optionee may, by mutual
agreement, terminate any option granted to such optionee under the Plan.  In the
event of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation which results in a
change of control as defined in Section 368(c) of the Code (using the
attribution rules of Section 318), all unexercised options will become
immediately exercisable for a period of one year, the effectiveness of such
expiration shall be conditioned upon the consummation of any such transaction.

         (c)  VESTING.  The Committee shall determine the vesting schedule, if
any, for each issuance of options hereunder on a case-by-case basis, in its sole
discretion.

         (d)  NON-ASSIGNMENT DURING LIFE.   During the lifetime of the
optionee, the option shall be exercisable only by him and shall not be
assignable or transferable by him, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or
otherwise, and no other person shall acquire any rights therein.

         (e)  DEATH OF OPTIONEE. In the event that an optionee shall die prior
to the complete exercise of options granted to hi under the Plan, such remaining
options may be exercised in whole or in part after the date of the optionee's
death only: (i) by the

                                        - 3 -

<PAGE>


optionee's estate or by or on behalf of such person or persons to whom the
optionee's rights under the option pass under the optionee's Will or the laws of
descent and distribution; (ii) to the extent that the optionee was entitled to
exercise the option at the date of his death; and (iii) prior to the expiration
of the term of the option.

         (f)  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.    An Incentive Stock Option shall be
exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee to whom it is granted only if,
at all times during the period beginning on the date of the granting of the
option and ending on the day three months before the date of such exercise, he
is an employee of the Company or any of its parents or subsidiaries, or an
employee of a corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such corporation issuing
or assuming an option granted hereunder in a transaction to which Section 424(a)
of the Code applies; provided, however, that in the case of an optionee who is
disabled within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the three month
period after cessation of employment during which an Incentive Stock Option
Shall be exercisable shall be one year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term thereof.  For
purposes of this subsection, an employment relationship will be treated as
continuing intact while the optionee is on military duty, sick leave or other
bona fide leave of absence, such as temporary employment by the Government, if
the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days, or, if longer, so long as a
statute or contract guarantees the optionee's right to re-employment with the
Company, or any of its parents or subsidiaries, or another corporation issuing
or assuming an option granted hereunder in a transaction to which Section 424(a)
of the Code applies.  When the period of leave exceeds 90 days and the
individual's right to re-employment is not guaranteed either by statute or by
contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated on the
91st day of such leave.

         (g)  ANTI-DILUTION PROVISIONS.  Subject to the provisions of Section
422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the aggregate number
and kind of Shares available for options under the Plan, and the number and kind
of Shares subject to, and the option price of, each outstanding option shall be
proportionately adjusted by the Committee for any increase, decrease or change
in the total outstanding Shares of the Company resulting from a stock dividend,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of Shares or
similar transaction (but not by reason of the issuance or purchase of Shares by
the Company in consideration for money, services or property)

         (h)  POWER TO ESTABLISH OTHER PROVISIONS.  Subject to the provisions
of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, options
granted under the Plan shall contain such other terms and conditions as the
Committee shall deem advisable.

    6.   EXERCISE OF OPTION. Options shall be exercised as follows'.

         (a)  NOTICE AND PAYMENT.  Each option, or any installment thereof,
shall be exercised, whether in whole or in part, by giving written notice to the
Company at its


                                        - 4 -

<PAGE>

principal office, specifying the number of Shares purchased and the purchase e
price being paid, and accompanied by the payment of all or such part of the
purchase price as shall be specified in the option, by cash or by certified or
bank check payable to the order of the Company.  Each such notice shall also
contain representations on behalf of the optionee that:

              (i)    the optionee acknowledges that the Company is selling the
Shares being acquired by him under a claim of exemption from registration under
the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (hereinafter referred to as the "Act"), as
a transaction not involving any public offering;

              (ii)   the optionee is acquiring the Shares without a view to
distribution or resale;


              (iii)    the optionee understands and agrees that the Shares
purchased may not be thereafter transferred unless (A) a registration statement
with respect thereto shall then be effective under the Act, and the Company will
have complied with any other applicable laws, or (B) the optionee shall have
obtained an opinion of counsel, in form and content reasonably satisfactory to
the Company and to its counsel, to the effect that the proposed transfer will
be exempt from the registration provisions of the Act, will comply with
applicable state laws, and will not result in any violation of the Act or of any
other applicable laws;

              (iv)    because any Shares purchased will not have been
registered under the Act, they must be held indefinitely unless and until they
are subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such a
registration is available;

              (v)   any routine sales of the Shares purchased made in reliance
upon Rule 144 promulgated under the Act can be made only in limited amounts and
in accordance with all the terms and conditions of that Rule, and in case the
Rule is not applicable, compliance with Regulation A or some other disclosure
exemption may be required; and

              (vi)   the Company has no obligation to register the Shares, to
comply with any disclosure exemption, or to take such action as may be necessary
to meet the requirements of Rule 144.

Appropriate legends may be placed on any certificate for Shares received by an
optionee pursuant to the exercise of an option in order to give notice of the
transfer restrictions set forth herein, and the Company may cause stop transfer
orders to be placed against such certificates. It shall be a further condition
to any exercise of the option and the purchase of Shares pursuant thereto that
the Company counsel be satisfied that the issuance of such shares will be in
compliance with the Act and any other laws applicable thereto, and the Company
shall be entitled to receive such other information, assurances, documents,


                                        - 5 -

<PAGE>




representations or warranties as it or its counsel may reasonably require with
respect to such compliance.

         (b)  ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES.  Certificates representing the Shares
purchased by the optionee shall be issued as soon as practicable after the
optionee has complied with the provisions of Section 6(a) hereof.

         (c)  RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.  The optionee shall have no rights as a
Shareholder with respect to the Shares purchased until the date of the issuance
to him of a Certificate representing such Shares.

         (d)  DISPOSITION OF SHARES.  Subject to the provisions of Section 6(a)
hereof, any disposition, within the meaning of Section 424(c) of the Code, of
Shares acquired by the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within two years
from the date of grant of the option or within one year after the transfer of
the Shares to the optionee shall be a disqualifying disposition as defined in
Section 421(b) of the Code; provided, however, that the foregoing holding
periods shall not apply to the disposition of Shares after the death of the
optionee by the estate of the optionee, or by a person who acquired the Shares
by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the optionee.  For
purposes of the preceding sentence, in the case of a transfer of Shares by an
insolvent optionee to a trustee, receiver or similar fiduciary in any proceeding
under Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar insolvency proceeding,
neither the transfer, nor any other transfer of such Shares for the benefit of
his creditors in such proceeding, shall constitute a disposition.

         (e)  ORDER OF 0PTION EXERCISE.  An optionee may exercise the options
granted by the Company under the Plan in any order the optionee chooses
regardless of the chronological order in which the options were granted by the
Company.

    7.   SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING OPTION GRANTS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS.
Pursuant to the terms of this Plan, each non-employee Director of this
Corporation shall be entitled to receive a one-time grant of a Non-Qualified
Option, effective upon the date of his/her initial election to the Board of
Directors of the Corporation, to purchase 50,000 Shares.  The exercise price for
such option shall equal the fair market value of the Corporation's Common Stock
on the grant date.  Each such option shall vest as to exercisability with
respect to the first 20% of the shares subject thereto on the first anniversary
date of the grant date of such option, and as to an additional 20% of the shares
subject thereto on each of the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversary dates
of the grant date.  Any such options granted to non-employee Directors of the
Corporation shall be exercisable only during the holders term as a Director of
the Corporation, and shall automatically expire upon the date that a Director is
no longer serving as a Director, except that an option may be exercisable after
the death, disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code
("Disability"), or retirement from the Board at the age of 65 or thereafter
("Retirement"), of a holder while a Director of the Company at any time until
the

                                        - 6 -


<PAGE>



earlier to occur of (i) the one year anniversary of the date of death,
Disability, or Retirement and (ii) the expiration of the term of such option.
No shares Of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of an option may be sold,
assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred for a period of six months after the
later to occur of (x) the adoption of the Plan by the Company's shareholders and
(y) the grant of the option, as is specified in Rule 16b-3 (or other period of
time specified in such rule as such rule may be amended from time to time) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").  It is
intended that this part of the Plan as it applies to option grants to non-
employee Directors will constitute a "formula plan" within the meaning of Rule
16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and the provisions of the Plan and of any option
agreement made pursuant to the Plan will be interpreted and applied accordingly.
At any time the Committee may suspend or terminate this part of the Plan and
make such additions or amendments thereto as it deems advisable; provided, that
such additions or amendments are made in compliance with Rule 16b-3 of the
Exchange Act (as such rule may be amended from time to time); and provided,
further, that the terms of this paragraph shall not be amended more than once
every six months (other than to comply with the federal securities laws, the
Code, or ERISA).

    8.   TERM OF PLAN.  Options may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time
to time within a period of ten years after the date the Plan is adopted by the
Board of Directors of the Company or the date the Plan is approved by the
holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Company, whichever date
is earlier.  However, the Plan shall not take effect until approved by the
holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Company, at a duly
constituted meeting thereof, held within 12 months before or after the date the
Plan is adopted by the Board of Directors.

    9.   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN.  The Committee, without further
approval of the Shareholders of the Company, may at any time suspend or
terminate the Plan, or may amend it from time to time in any manner, provided,
however, that no amendment shall be effective without prior approval of the
Shareholders of the Company which would:  (i) except as provided in Section 5(g)
hereof, increase the maximum number of Shares for which options may be granted
under the Plan; (ii) change the eligibility requirements for individuals
entitled to receive options under the Plan; or (iii) cause Incentive Stock
Options granted or to be granted under the Plan to fail to qualify as Incentive
Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated
thereunder.

    10.    SHARES RESERVED.  The Board of Directors of the Company shall at all
times during the term of this Plan reserve and keep available such number of
Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Plan, and shall
pay all original issue taxes on the exercise of options, and all other fees and
expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.


                                        - 7 -


<PAGE>


    11.    APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.  The proceeds of the sale of Shares by the
Company under the Plan will constitute general funds of the Company and may be
used by the Company for any purpose.

Date approved by

Board of Directors -  October 13, 1995
                   --------------------

Shareholders -       October 13, 1995
              --------------------



<PAGE>

                         Disease State Management, Inc.

                            -- Option Certificate --

                DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT, INC. STOCK OPTION PLAN


     This certifies the grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options as specified below
which has been made under and pursuant to the Disease State Management, Inc.
Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), all of the provisions of which are hereby
incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. In addition, the awards shown
in this certificate are nontransferable and subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in the attached Schedule of Terms.

     Participant's Name:

     Date of Grant:

     Stock Option Terms

     *    Shares Awarded:

     *    Exercise Price:

     *    Vesting Dates: _____ Shares on First Anniversary of Date of Grant;
               _____ Shares on Second Anniversary of Date of Grant; _____ Shares
               on Third Anniversary of Date of Grant; _____ Shares on Fourth
               Anniversary of Date of Grant; and _____ Shares on Fifth
               Anniversary of Date of Grant.

     *    Expiration Date:    Tenth Anniversary of Date of Grant

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been executed on behalf of the
Committee of the Board of Directors appointed to administer the Plan.


- -----------------------------------------------   ------------------
Corporate Secretary                               Date

I acknowledge receipt of this Option Certificate and the attached Schedule of
Terms describing my Option. I accept this Option subject to the Plan and the
Schedule of Terms applicable thereto.


- -----------------------------------------------   ------------------
Participant                                       Date

<PAGE>

                DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT, INC. STOCK OPTION PLAN

                    INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION SCHEDULE OF TERMS



INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT

This Schedule of Terms and the attached Option Certificate constitute the grant
by Disease State Management, Inc. (the "Company") of the right (the "Option") to
purchase, at a future date, a specified number of shares of Company Common Stock
(the "Shares") at a specified price, subject to the terms set forth herein and
in the Disease State Management, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the  "Plan"), all of
the provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part
hereof.  The recipient of the Option (the "Participant"), the number of Shares
for which the Option is granted and the Option price per share are set forth in
the attached Option Certificate issued to the Participant.  The Company intends
that the Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option governed by the provisions of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code").  The
terms of the Plan and the Option shall be interpreted and administered so as to
satisfy the requirements of the Code.

EXERCISE AND PAYMENT

Options will vest in increments.  So long as the Participant remains an employee
of the Company the vested portion of each Option may be exercised on and after
its Vesting Date through the Expiration Date, with the Vesting Date and the
Expiration Date being set forth in the Option Certificate.

It is the sole responsibility of the Participant, or the Participant's
representative, to exercise the Option in a timely manner.  The Company assumes
no responsibility for, and will make no adjustments with respect to, Options
that expire.  The Participant may exercise the Option by notifying the Company,
in writing, of the number of Shares the Participant wishes to purchase, the
Option price, the date of the Option, and by paying the required Option price..
The date of exercise will be the date of the Company's receipt of the notice,
accompanied by the payment of the Option price.

The Participant shall pay the Option price in cash.  The Company shall deliver
the requisite number of Shares to the Participant as soon as administratively
practicable following the date of exercise and receipt of payment.  If the
Participant disposes of any Shares acquired upon exercise of the option within
two (2) years from the date the Option was granted or within one (1) year after
the date of exercise of the Option the Participant must promptly notify the
Company of the dates of acquisition and disposition of such Shares, the number
of Shares so disposed of, and the consideration, if any, received for such
Shares.

VESTING

A Participant's right to exercise an Option shall vest on the Vesting Dates
specified in the Option Certificate.  Once all or part of an Option is vested,
that portion which is vested may be exercised anytime thereafter until the
earlier of: (i) the Expiration Date specified in the Option Certificate, at
which time the Option and all associated rights lapse without value; or (ii)
termination of employment with the Company or an Affiliate in which case the
right to exercise may be for a specified period of time, as described below,
following the date of termination.  No portion of any Option shall become vested
at any time after the Participant's employment with the Company or any Affiliate
has terminated.  Termination of employment means termination from the Company
and any Affiliate.

<PAGE>

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

                                                            Period Following
     Reason For              Portion of Option             Termination Vested
    Termination                Deemed Vested            Options May Be Exercised
    -----------                -------------            ------------------------

Death                    Portion actually vested       Not beyond the Expiration
                                                       Date of the Option

Permanent Disability     Portion actually vested       One year, but not beyond
                                                       the Expiration Date of
                                                       the Option

Severance from           Portion actually vested       Three months, but not
employment for any                                     beyond the Expriation
reason other than                                      Date of the Option
Death or Permanent
Disability

A Participant who stops rendering services to the Company as a result of an
authorized leave of absence shall not be considered to have terminated
employment.  If a Participant does not resume employment at the conclusion of an
authorized leave of absence, the Participant shall be deemed to have terminated
employment as of the last date of such leave of absence.

NON-ASSIGNABILITY

No assignment or transfer of any interest of the Participant in any of the
rights presented by the Option, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation
of law or otherwise, shall be permitted except by will, by the laws of descent
and distribution, or pursuant to an unqualified domestic relations order as
defined by the Code.

ADJUSTMENTS

In the event of a recapitalization, stock split, reorganization, or other
restructuring of the Company, the terms of the Option may be equitably adjusted
in accordance with the Plan and as deemed appropriate by the Committee, in its
discretion.

CHANGE OF CONTROL

In the event of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation which results
in a change of control as defined in Section 368(c) of the Code (using the
attribution rules of Section 318), all unexercised options will become
immediately exercisable for a period of one year.  The effectiveness of such
expiration shall be conditioned upon the consummation of any such transaction.

OPTIONS NOT TO AFFECT OR BE AFFECTED BY CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

Options shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or an
Affiliate or the shareholders of either to make or authorize (a) any or all
adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the
Company's or an Affiliate's capital structure of its business; (b) any merger or
consolidation of the Company or an Affiliate; (c) any issue of bonds,
debentures, preferred or prior preference stock holding any priority or
preferred to, or otherwise affecting in any respect the Common Stock of the
Company or rights of the holders of such Common Stock; (d) the dissolution or
liquidation of the Company or an Affiliate; (e) any sale or transfer of all or
any part of the assets or business of the Company or an Affiliate; or (f) any
other corporate act or proceeding.

<PAGE>

NOTICES

Every notice or other communication relating to the Plan, any Option and this
Schedule of Terms shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to
the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be
designated by such party.  Unless and until some other address has been so
designated, all notices by the Participant to the Company shall be mailed to or
delivered to the Company at its office at 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York
14607, Attention: Corporate Secretary.  All notices by the Company to the
Participant shall be given to the Participant personally or be mailed to the
Participant at the Participant's address as shown on the records of the Company.

ADMINISTRATION

Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be interpreted and administered by
the Committee appointed by the Company's Board of Directors (the "Committee").
The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems necessary and
appropriate to administer the Options in a manner that is consistent with the
terms of the Plan.

TAXES/WITHHOLDING

The Participants shall be responsible for any income or other tax liability
attributable to the exercise of any Option.  The Company shall take such steps
as are appropriate to assure compliance with applicable federal, state and local
tax withholding requirements by the Company.  The Company shall, to the extent
permitted by law, have the right to deduct directly from any payment or delivery
of Shares due the Participant, or from the Participant's regular compensation,
all federal, state and local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld
with respect to the exercise of any Option.

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION

The Option is granted upon the condition that, if and when requested,
Participant will represent and agree that any Shares which Participant may
acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Option will be acquired for long-term
investment purposes and not with the view toward the distribution or sale
thereof in a public offering within the meaning of the Federal Securities Act of
1933.  The Shares may not, at the time that they are acquired by Participant, be
registered under either the federal or applicable state securities laws, and, in
that event, the Company will be relying upon the Participant's investment
representation in agreeing to issue such shares to the Participant.  If the
Shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the Option are not registered
they will be subject to restrictions imposed by applicable federal and state
securities laws and the certificates evidencing the Shares may be imprinted with
an appropriate legend setting forth the restrictions on transferability.

RIGHT OF DISCHARGE RESERVED

Nothing in the Plan or in any Option granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon
any Participant the right to continue in the employment or service of the
Company or any Affiliate thereof for any period of time or affect any right that
the Company or any Affiliate may have to terminate the employment or service of
such Participant at any time for any reason.

<PAGE>

NATURE OF PAYMENTS

All Options granted pursuant to the Plan are in consideration of the services
performed for the Company or the Affiliate employing the Participant.  Any gains
realized pursuant to such Options constitute a special incentive payment to the
Participant and shall not be taken into account as compensation for purposes of
any of the employee benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate.

INTERPRETATIONS

This Schedule of Terms and each Option Certificate are subject in all respects
to the terms of the Plan.  In the event that any provision of this Schedule of
Terms or any Option Certificate is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, the
terms of the Plan shall govern.  Any question of administration or
interpretation arising under this Schedule of Terms or any Option Certificate
shall be determined by the Committee.  Such determination shall be final and
conclusive upon all interested parties.

GOVERNING LAW

The Plan, this Schedule of Terms, and the Option Certificate shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

<PAGE>


                         Disease State Management, Inc.

                            -- Option Certificate --

                DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT, INC. STOCK OPTION PLAN


     This certifies the grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options as specified below
which has been made under and pursuant to the Disease State Management, Inc.
Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), all of the provisions of which are hereby
incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. In addition, the awards shown
in this certificate are nontransferable and subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in the attached Schedule of Terms.

     Participant's Name:

     Date of Grant:

     Stock Option Terms

     *    Shares Awarded:

     *    Exercise Price:

     *    Vesting Dates: _____ Shares on First Anniversary of Date of Grant;
               _____ Shares on Second Anniversary of Date of Grant; _____ Shares
               on Third Anniversary of Date of Grant; _____ Shares on Fourth
               Anniversary of Date of Grant; and _____ Shares on Fifth
               Anniversary of Date of Grant.

     *    Expiration Date:    Tenth Anniversary of Date of Grant

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been executed on behalf of the
Committee of the Board of Directors appointed to administer the Plan.


- -----------------------------------------------   ------------------
Corporate Secretary                               Date

I acknowledge receipt of this Option Certificate and the attached Schedule of
Terms describing my Option. I accept this Option subject to the Plan and the
Schedule of Terms applicable thereto.


- -----------------------------------------------   ------------------
Participant                                       Date

<PAGE>

                DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT, INC. STOCK OPTION PLAN

                  NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION SCHEDULE OF TERMS



NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT

This Schedule of Terms and the attached Option Certificate constitute the grant
by Disease State Management, Inc. (the "Company") of the right (the "Option") to
purchase, at a future date, a specified number of shares of Company Common Stock
(the "Shares") at a specified price, subject to the terms set forth herein and
in the Disease State Management, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the  "Plan"), all of
the provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part
hereof.  The recipient of the Option (the "Participant"), the number of Shares
for which the Option is granted and the Option price per share are set forth in
the attached Option Certificate issued to the Participant.

EXERCISE AND PAYMENT

Options will vest in increments.  So long as the Participant remains an employee
of the Company the vested portion of each Option may be exercised on and after
its Vesting Date through the Expiration Date, with the Vesting Date and the
Expiration Date being set forth in the Option Certificate.

It is the sole responsibility of the Participant, or the Participant's
representative, to exercise the Option in a timely manner.  The Company assumes
no responsibility for, and will make no adjustments with respect to, Options
that expire.  The Participant may exercise the Option by notifying the Company,
in writing, of the number of Shares the Participant wishes to purchase, the
Option price, the date of the Option, and by paying the required Option price..
The date of exercise will be the date of the Company's receipt of the notice,
accompanied by the payment of the Option price.

The Participant shall pay the Option price in cash.  The Company shall deliver
the requisite number of Shares to the Participant as soon as administratively
practicable following the date of exercise and receipt of payment.  If the
Participant disposes of any Shares acquired upon exercise of the option within
two (2) years from the date the Option was granted or within one (1) year after
the date of exercise of the Option the Participant must promptly notify the
Company of the dates of acquisition and disposition of such Shares, the number
of Shares so disposed of, and the consideration, if any, received for such
Shares.

VESTING

A Participant's right to exercise an Option shall vest on the Vesting Dates
specified in the Option Certificate.  Once all or part of an Option is vested,
that portion which is vested may be exercised anytime thereafter until the
earlier of: (i) the Expiration Date specified in the Option Certificate, at
which time the Option and all associated rights lapse without value; or (ii)
termination of employment with the Company or an Affiliate in which case the
right to exercise may be for a specified period of time, as described below,
following the date of termination.  No portion of any Option shall become vested
at any time after the Participant's employment with the Company or any Affiliate
has terminated.  Termination of employment means termination from the Company
and any Affiliate.

<PAGE>

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

                                                            Period Following
     Reason For              Portion of Option             Termination Vested
    Termination                Deemed Vested            Options May Be Exercised
    -----------                -------------            ------------------------

Death                    Portion actually vested       Not beyond the Expiration
                                                       Date of the Option

Permanent Disability     Portion actually vested       One year, but not beyond
                                                       the Expiration Date of
                                                       the Option

Severance from           Portion actually vested       Three months, but not
employment for any                                     beyond the Expriation
reason other than                                      Date of the Option
Death or Permanent
Disability

A Participant who stops rendering services to the Company as a result of an
authorized leave of absence shall not be considered to have terminated
employment.  If a Participant does not resume employment at the conclusion of an
authorized leave of absence, the Participant shall be deemed to have terminated
employment as of the last date of such leave of absence.

NON-ASSIGNABILITY

No assignment or transfer of any interest of the Participant in any of the
rights presented by the Option, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation
of law or otherwise, shall be permitted except by will, by the laws of descent
and distribution, or pursuant to an unqualified domestic relations order as
defined by the Code.

ADJUSTMENTS

In the event of a recapitalization, stock split, reorganization, or other
restructuring of the Company, the terms of the Option may be equitably adjusted
in accordance with the Plan and as deemed appropriate by the Committee, in its
discretion.

CHANGE OF CONTROL

In the event of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation which results
in a change of control as defined in Section 368(c) of the Code (using the
attribution rules of Section 318), all unexercised options will become
immediately exercisable for a period of one year.  The effectiveness of such
expiration shall be conditioned upon the consummation of any such transaction.

OPTIONS NOT TO AFFECT OR BE AFFECTED BY CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

Options shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or an
Affiliate or the shareholders of either to make or authorize (a) any or all
adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the
Company's or an Affiliate's capital structure of its business; (b) any merger or
consolidation of the Company or an Affiliate; (c) any issue of bonds,
debentures, preferred or prior preference stock holding any priority or
preferred to, or otherwise affecting in any respect the Common Stock of the
Company or rights of the holders of such Common Stock; (d) the dissolution or
liquidation of the Company or an Affiliate; (e) any sale or

<PAGE>

transfer of all or any part of the assets or business of the Company or an
Affiliate; or (f) any other corporate act or proceeding.

NOTICES

Every notice or other communication relating to the Plan, any Option and this
Schedule of Terms shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to
the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be
designated by such party.  Unless and until some other address has been so
designated, all notices by the Participant to the Company shall be mailed to or
delivered to the Company at its office at 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York
14607, Attention: Corporate Secretary.  All notices by the Company to the
Participant shall be given to the Participant personally or be mailed to the
Participant at the Participant's address as shown on the records of the Company.

ADMINISTRATION

Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be interpreted and administered by
the Committee appointed by the Company's Board of Directors (the "Committee").
The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems necessary and
appropriate to administer the Options in a manner that is consistent with the
terms of the Plan.

TAXES/WITHHOLDING

The Participants shall be responsible for any income or other tax liability
attributable to the exercise of any Option.  The Company shall take such steps
as are appropriate to assure compliance with applicable federal, state and local
tax withholding requirements by the Company.  The Company shall, to the extent
permitted by law, have the right to deduct directly from any payment or delivery
of Shares due the Participant, or from the Participant's regular compensation,
all federal, state and local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld
with respect to the exercise of any Option.

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION

The Option is granted upon the condition that, if and when requested,
Participant will represent and agree that any Shares which Participant may
acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Option will be acquired for long-term
investment purposes and not with the view toward the distribution or sale
thereof in a public offering within the meaning of the Federal Securities Act of
1933.  The Shares may not, at the time that they are acquired by Participant, be
registered under either the federal or applicable state securities laws, and, in
that event, the Company will be relying upon the Participant's investment
representation in agreeing to issue such shares to the Participant.  If the
Shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the Option are not registered
they will be subject to restrictions imposed by applicable federal and state
securities laws and the certificates evidencing the Shares may be imprinted with
an appropriate legend setting forth the restrictions on transferability.

RIGHT OF DISCHARGE RESERVED

Nothing in the Plan or in any Option granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon
any Participant the right to continue in the employment or service of the
Company or any Affiliate thereof for any period of time or affect any right that
the Company or any Affiliate may have to terminate the employment or service of
such Participant at any time for any reason.

<PAGE>

NATURE OF PAYMENTS

All Options granted pursuant to the Plan are in consideration of the services
performed for the Company or the Affiliate employing the Participant.  Any gains
realized pursuant to such Options constitute a special incentive payment to the
Participant and shall not be taken into account as compensation for purposes of
any of the employee benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate.

INTERPRETATIONS

This Schedule of Terms and each Option Certificate are subject in all respects
to the terms of the Plan.  In the event that any provision of this Schedule of
Terms or any Option Certificate is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, the
terms of the Plan shall govern.  Any question of administration or
interpretation arising under this Schedule of Terms or any Option Certificate
shall be determined by the Committee.  Such determination shall be final and
conclusive upon all interested parties.

GOVERNING LAW

The Plan, this Schedule of Terms, and the Option Certificate shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

<PAGE>

                               SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 18th day of September, 1995, (the "Effective
Date") between -Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New
York 14607 ("Vendor") and Bristol-Myers Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division
of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, P.O. Box 4500, Princeton, New Jersey 08543-4500
(hereinafter called "BMSUSP").  Vendor agrees to provide services to BMSUSP
under the terms set forth below.

A.        SERVICES

          Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
          specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as
          Attachment A.

          The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject
          to prior approval by BMSUSP, such approval not to be unreasonably
          withheld.

B.        COMPENSATION

          BMSUSP will pay Vendor according to the terms or payment schedule set
          forth in Attachment A hereto.

          In the event that BMSUSP shall request any changes in the concept,
          specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on
          Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify BMSUSP of the cost of such
          revisions and will not proceed without prior written approval.

          If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a
          flat fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will
          provide such documentation in support of all billings as BMSUSP may
          reasonably require.

C.        CONFIDENTIALITY

          Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all BMSUSP
          Confidential Information.  "BMSUSP Confidential Information" shall
          include, but not be limited to, information relating to BMSUSP's past,
          present and future marketing and research and development activities
          that may be disclosed to Vendor by BMSUSP and/or BMSUSPs parent,
          subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are identified in writing
          by BMSUSP as confidential.  BMSUSP Confidential information shall not
          include (i) information known by Vendor prior to disclosure

<PAGE>

          from BMSUSP. (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known
          through no wrongful act of Vendor, (iii) information that is
          independently developed by Vendor, without use of information that
          otherwise constitutes BMSUSP Confidential Information, or (iv)
          information disclosed pursuant to law, rule, regulation or pursuant to
          a court order, provided that BMSUSP is given 10 days prior notice of
          such disclosure.  Vendor expressly agrees that any information it
          discovers or develops under this Agreement for the benefit of BMSUSP
          shall not be  used by Vendor or disclosed by Vendor to any third
          party, nor shall Vendor show this Agreement or disclose the existence,
          nature or subject matter of this Agreement to any third. party without
          the prior written consent of BMSUSP.  Vendors obligations not to
          disclose BMSUSP Confidential Information to third parties and not to
          otherwise use BMSUSP Confidential Information shall survive the
          termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.  Vendor
          shall not duplicate any material containing BMSUSP Confidential
          Information, except in the direct performance of its services under
          this Agreement.  Vendor shall return all copies of materials
          containing BMSUSP Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of
          services under this Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this
          Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

          BMSUSP shall treat as confidential and secret any and all Vendor
          Confidential Information.  "Vendor Confidential Information" shall
          include, but not be limited to, information relating to Vendor's past,
          present and future systems development activities that may be
          disclosed to BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate
          companies and which are identified in writing by Vendor as
          confidential, except that in no event shall Vendor Confidential
          Information include information relating to Vendor deliverables under
          this agreement.  Vendor Confidential information shall not include (i)
          information known by BMSUSP prior to disclosure from Vendor, (ii)
          information which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act
          of BMSUSP, (iii) information that is independently developed by
          BMSUSP, without use of information that otherwise constitutes Vendor
          Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to
          law, rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that
          Vendor is given 10 days prior notice of such disclosure.  BMSUSP
          expressly agrees that any Confidential Information it discovers under
          this Agreement shall not be disclosed by BMSUSP to any third party
          without the prior written consent of Vendor.  BMSUSP's obligations not
          to disclose Vendor Confidential Information shall survive the
          termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.

D.        INDEMNIFICATION

          Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
          against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
          including attorneys' fees,


                                        2

<PAGE>

          arising from or in any way related to its willful or negligent actions
          or omissions in performing the responsibilities as described in this
          Agreement, or for any willful or negligent breach of this Agreement.

E.        PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

          Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
          expertise sufficient in quality and quantity to perform all such
          assignments and projects given it by BMSUSP hereunder and agrees that
          it will perform all such assignments and projects in a manner
          commensurate with professional standards generally applicable to its
          industry.

F.        OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

          Any and all reports, information, data or other works created by
          Vendor for BMSUSP in connection with this Agreement (with the
          exception of customization of the Vendor's basic software and systems
          for BMSUSP) shall be the sole and exclusive property of BMSUSP.
          BMSUSP may use such work wherever and whenever it chooses.  This
          Agreement shall be deemed a transfer of copyright and any
          copyrightable subject matter created by Vendor in such works.  Vendor
          shall execute any and all documents necessary to demonstrate or
          perfect such transfer.  Vendor shall not at any time, in any manner,
          during or after this Agreement, under any circumstances, be entitled
          to or claim any right, title or interest herein or any commission, fee
          or other direct or indirect benefit from BMSUSP or BMSUSP's parent,
          subsidiary or affiliate companies, in respect of such reports, data,
          information or other works created by Vendor hereunder.  Vendor agrees
          to execute or cause its agents and/or employees to execute any
          documents necessary or desirable to secure or perfect BMSUSP's legal
          rights and worldwide ownership in such works, including, but not
          limited to, documents relating to patent, trademark and copyright
          applications.

          Nothing in the preceding paragraph shall preclude Vendor from
          referring to the general results of the project performed pursuant to
          this Agreement in making marketing presentations to other potential
          customers.  In addition, BMSUSP agrees to provide Vendor with
          reasonable access to data generated by the project performed pursuant
          to this Agreement for the sole purpose of supplementing or supporting
          marketing presentations to other potential customers, provided,
          however, that all such supplemental or supporting presentations,
          insofar as they disclose data from the project, must be pre-approved
          by BMSUSP.


                                        3

<PAGE>

G.        RELEASES

          Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for
          BMSUSP and are subject to the rights of third parties shall be
          specifically identified to BMSUSP in writing.  Vendor shall obtain
          (and deliver upon request to BMSUSP) releases for all names,
          photographs, illustrations, testimonials, and any and all other
          materials used in works which Vendor prepares or uses.  All such
          releases shall run to BMSUSP, its agents and employees where
          appropriate and customary.  Vendor's failure to obtain such releases
          or the obtaining of such releases by Vendor shall in no way relieve
          Vendor of its obligations in Paragraph F above except where the
          releases have been obtained directly by BMSUSP.  Except for works that
          have been secured by permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that
          all works provided by Vendor shall be original and shall not infringe
          any copyright or violate any rights of any persons or entities
          whatsoever.

H.        DURATION OF AGREEMENT

          1.   Term

          This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall
          continue in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion
          of the project assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty
          (30) days written notice by either party to the other, sent by
          registered mail to the address for each party first set forth above,
          or to such other address which a party may designate for its receipt
          of notices hereunder.

          2.   Payment on Termination

          Upon termination of this Agreement BMSUSP is to pay for all authorized
          work in process, and BMSUSP shall assume Vendor's liability under and
          indemnify Vendor with respect to all outstanding contracts made on
          BMSUSP's behalf.   Upon written notice of termination Vendor shall
          take all steps necessary to wind up the work under this Agreement and
          to mitigate BMSUSP's liability therefore.

          3.   Transfer Upon Termination

          Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to BMSUSP or BMSUSP's
          representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or
          control belonging to and paid for by BMSUSP, and all information
          regarding BMSUSP's project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth
          in Paragraph C herein.  Vendor also agrees to give all reasonable
          cooperation toward transferring with approval of third parties


                                        4

<PAGE>

          in interest all contracts and arrangements, if any, properly entered
          into by Vendor in the performance of this Agreement, and all rights
          and claims thereto and therein, upon being duly released from the
          obligation thereof.

          I.   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

          The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing
          contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in
          the relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and
          agent, or joint ventures.  Neither party shall have the power to bind
          or obligate the other party nor shall either party hold itself out as
          having such authority.

          J.   THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

          In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
          disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
          relations or promotional material for BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or
          affiliate companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind using
          the name of BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate
          companies or using their trademarks, without the prior written
          approval of BMSUSP.

          K.   GOVERNING LAW

          This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be
          constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that
          State.

          L.   MISCELLANEOUS

          (1)  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon BMSUSP and
          Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in
          whole or in part by Vendor without the prior written consent of
          BMSUSP.  Factoring of accounts receivable is not permitted.

          (2)  The failure of either party to take action as a result of a
          breach of this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a
          waiver of the particular breach involved nor a waiver of either
          party's right to enforce any or all provisions of this Agreement
          through any remedy granted by law or this Agreement.

          (3)  BMSUSP is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate
          against any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or
          national


                                        5

<PAGE>

          origin.  Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal
          Opportunity Employment.

          (4)  The policy of BMSUSP is to protect the health, safety and quality
          of life of its employees and the public, and to exercise responsible
          stewardship of natural resources that may be impacted by its
          activities.  To realize this, BMSUSP is committed to maintaining
          programs and procedures for the environmentally responsible management
          of facilities, materials, production processes, products and
          packaging, transportation and distribution, waste and ft minimization,
          energy, general business operations and contracted goods and services.
          Vendor agrees with this policy and further acknowledges that its
          performance under this Agreement shall be in strict compliance with
          all applicable governmental laws and regulations and in accordance
          with and in furtherance of this policy.

          (5)  This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties
          with respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any
          prior written or oral communications and may be modified in writing
          subject to mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

          (6)  The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall
          not be construed as part of this Agreement.


                                        6

<PAGE>

          (7)  Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing,
          either party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance
          hereunder caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its
          reasonable control, including. but not limited to, failure of
          performance by the other party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots,
          governmental requirements, inability to secure materials on a timely
          basis, failure of computer equipment, failures or delays of sources
          from which information or data is obtained and transportation
          difficulties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 18th day of September, 1995



Bristol-Myers Squibb                               DSMI Corp.
U.S. Pharmaceuticals                               46 Prince Street
a division of Bristol-Myers                        Rochester, New York 14607
Squibb Company

    /s/ Ray Joske
By: /s/ Rose Crane                              By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
    -----------------------------                   ------------------------

Title: HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT                     Title:  President & CEO


                                       7
<PAGE>


Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                    DSMI PROPOSAL TO BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB COMPANY
                            CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASE PROGRAM
                                  SEPTEMBER 18, 1995

[****]

<PAGE>

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this  1 day of February, 1996, (the "Effective
Date") between -Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New
York 14607 ("Vendor") and Bristol-Myers Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division
of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, P.O. Box 4500, Princeton, New Jersey 08543-4500
(hereinafter called "BMSUSP").  Vendor agrees to provide services to BMSUSP
under the terms set forth below.

A.   SERVICES

     Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
     specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Attachment
     A.

    The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject to
    prior approval by BMSUSP, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION

     BMSUSP will pay Vendor according to the terms or payment schedule set forth
     in Attachment A hereto.

     In the event that BMSUSP shall request any changes in the concept,
     specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on
     Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify BMSUSP of the cost of such
     revisions and will not proceed without prior written approval.

     If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat
     fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide such
     documentation in support of all billings as BMSUSP may reasonably require.

C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

     Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all BMSUSP
     Confidential Information.  "BMSUSP Confidential Information" shall include,
     but not be limited to, information relating to BMSUSP's past, present and
     future marketing and research and development activities that may be
     disclosed to Vendor by BMSUSP and/or BMSUSPs parent, subsidiary or
     affiliate companies and which are identified in writing by BMSUSP as
     confidential.  BMSUSP Confidential information shall not include (i)
     information known by Vendor prior to disclosure from BMSUSP. (ii)
     information which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of
     Vendor, (iii) information that is independently developed by Vendor,
     without use of information that otherwise constitutes BMSUSP Confidential
     Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law, rule,
     regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that BMSUSP is given 10
     days prior notice of such disclosure.  Vendor expressly agrees that any
     information it discovers or develops under this Agreement for the benefit
     of BMSUSP shall not be  used by Vendor or disclosed by Vendor to any third
     party, nor shall Vendor show this Agreement or disclose the existence,
     nature or subject matter of this


                                                                               1

<PAGE>


     Agreement to any third. party without the prior written consent of BMSUSP.
     Vendors obligations not to disclose BMSUSP Confidential Information to
     third parties and not to otherwise use BMSUSP Confidential Information
     shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.
     Vendor shall not duplicate any material containing BMSUSP Confidential
     Information, except in the direct performance of its services under this
     Agreement.  Vendor shall return all copies of materials containing BMSUSP
     Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this
     Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason
     whatsoever.

     BMSUSP shall treat as confidential and secret any and all Vendor
     Confidential Information.  'Vendor Confidential Information" shall include,
     but not be limited to, information relating to Vendor's past, present and
     future systems development activities that may be disclosed to BMSUSP
     and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are
     identified in writing by Vendor as confidential, except that in no event
     shall Vendor Confidential Information include information relating to
     Vendor deliverables under this agreement.  Vendor Confidential information
     shall not include (i) information known by BMSUSP prior to disclosure from
     Vendor, (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no
     wrongful act of BMSUSP, (iii) information that is independently developed
     by BMSUSP, without use of information that otherwise constitutes Vendor
     Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law,
     rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order,  provided that Vendor is
     given 10 days prior notice of such disclosure.  BMSUSP expressly agrees
     that any Confidential Information it discovers under this Agreement shall
     not be disclosed by BMSUSP to any third party without the prior written
     consent of Vendor.  BMSUSP's obligations not to disclose Vendor
     Confidential Information shall survive the termination of this Agreement
     for a period of five years.


D.   INDEMNIFICATION

     Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
     against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
     including attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to its
     willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
     responsibilities as described in this Agreement, or for any willful or
     negligent breach of this Agreement.

E.   PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

     Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
     expertise sufficient in quality and quantity to perform all such
     assignments and projects given it by BMSUSP hereunder and agrees that it
     will perform all such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate
     with professional standards generally applicable to its industry.

                                                                               2

<PAGE>


F. OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

     Any and all reports, information, data or other works created by Vendor for
     BMSUSP in connection with this Agreement (with the exception of
     customization of the Vendor's basic software and systems for BMSUSP as well
     as the Vendor's basic software and systems themselves) shall be the sole
     and exclusive property of BMSUSP.  BMSUSP may use such work wherever and
     whenever it chooses.  This Agreement shall be deemed a transfer of
     copyright and any copyrightable subject matter created by Vendor in such
     works.  Vendor shall execute any and all documents necessary to demonstrate
     or perfect such transfer.  Vendor shall not at any time in any manner
     during or after this Agreement, under any circumstances, be entitled to or
     claim any right, title or interest herein or any commission, fee or other
     direct or indirect benefit from BMSUSP or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or
     affiliate companies, in respect of such reports, data, information or other
     works created by Vendor hereunder.  Vendor agrees to execute or cause its
     agents and/or employees to execute any documents necessary or desirable to
     secure or perfect BMSUSP's legal rights and worldwide ownership in such
     works, including, but not limited to documents relating to patent,
     trademark and copyright applications.

     Nothing in the preceding paragraph shall preclude Vendor from referring to
     the general results of the project performed pursuant to this Agreement in
     making marketing presentations to other potential customers.  In addition,
     BMSUSP agrees to provide Vendor with reasonable access to data generated by
     the project performed pursuant to this Agreement for the sole purpose of
     supplementing or supporting marketing presentations to other potential
     customers, provided, however, that all such supplemental or supporting
     presentations, insofar as they disclose data from the project, must be pre-
     approved by BMSUSP.  Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

G.   RELEASES

     Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for BMSUSP
     and are subject to the rights of third parties shall be specifically
     identified to BMSUSP in writing.  Vendor shall obtain (and deliver upon
     request to BMSUSP) releases for all names, photographs, illustrations,
     testimonials, and any and all other materials used in works which Vendor
     prepares or uses.  All such releases shall run to BMSUSP, its agents and
     employees where appropriate and customary.  Vendor's failure to obtain such
     releases or the obtaining of such releases by Vendor shall in no way
     relieve Vendor of its obligations in Paragraph F above except where the
     releases have been obtained directly by BMSUSP.  Except for works that have
     been secured by permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that all works
     provided by Vendor shall be original and shall not infringe any copyright
     or violate any rights of any persons or entities whatsoever.

                                                                               3

<PAGE>

H.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

        1.     Term

        This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue
        in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the
        project assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty (30)
        days written notice by either party to the other, sent by registered
        mail to the address for each party first set forth above, or to such
        other address which a party may designate for its receipt of notices
        hereunder.

        2.     Payment on Termination

        Upon termination of this Agreement BMSUSP is to pay for all authorized
        work in process, and BMSUSP shall assume Vendor's liability under and
        indemnify Vendor with respect to all outstanding contracts made on
        BMSUSP's behalf.   Upon written notice of termination Vendor shall take
        all steps necessary to wind up the work under this Agreement and to
        mitigate BMSUSP's liability therefore.

        3.     Transfer Upon Termination

        Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to BMSUSP or BMSUSP's
        representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or
        control belonging to and paid for by BMSUSP, and all information
        regarding BMSUSP's project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth
        in Paragraph C herein.  Vendor also agrees to give all reasonable
        cooperation toward transferring with approval of third parties in
        interest all contracts and arrangements, if any, properly entered into
        by Vendor in the performance of this Agreement, and all rights and
        claims thereto and therein, upon being duly released from the
        obligation thereof.

I.   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

    The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing
    contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in the
    relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent, or
    joint ventures.  Neither party shall have the power to bind or obligate the
    other party nor shall either party hold itself out as having such authority.

J.   THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

     In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
     disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
     relations or promotional material for BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or
     affiliate companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind using the
     name of BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or
     using their trademarks, without the prior written approval of BMSUSP.

                                                                               4

<PAGE>

K.   GOVERNING LAW

    This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be
    constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that
    State.

L.   MISCELLANEOUS

     1)       The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon BMSUSP and
     Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or
     in part by Vendor without the prior written consent of BMSUSP.  Factoring
     of accounts receivable is not permitted.

     2)         The failure of either party to take action as a result of a
     breach of this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a
     waiver of the particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's
     right to enforce any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy
     granted by law or this Agreement.

     3)       BMSUSP is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate
     against any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or national
     origin.  Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal Opportunity
     Employment.

     4)        The policy of BMSUSP is to protect the health, safety and quality
     of life of its  employees and the public, and to exercise responsible
     stewardship of natural resources that may be impacted by its activities.
     To realize this, BMSUSP is committed to maintaining programs and procedures
     for the environmentally responsible management of facilities, materials,
     production processes, products and packaging, transportation and
     distribution, waste and ft minimization, energy, general business
     operations and contracted goods and services.  Vendor agrees with this
     policy and further acknowledges that its performance under this Agreement
     shall be in strict compliance with all applicable governmental laws and
     regulations and in accordance with and in furtherance of this policy.

     5)         This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties
     with respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
     written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
     mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

     6)         The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall
     not be construed as part of this Agreement.

                                                                               5

<PAGE>


     7)         Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing,
     either party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance
     hereunder caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its
     reasonable control, including. but not limited to, failure of performance
     by the other party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental
     requirements, inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of
     computer equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or
     data is obtained and transportation difficulties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 1 day of February, 1996



Bristol-Myers Squibb                      Disease State Management, Inc..
U.S. Pharmaceuticals                      46 Prince Street
a division of Bristol-Myers               Rochester, New York 14607
Squibb Company


By: /s/ Sharon Henry                   By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
    ---------------------------            -----------------------------------
Title: Vice President HealthCare        Title: President & CEO
       Management                          --------------------------------
      -------------------------

                                                                               6

<PAGE>


Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                                PROGRAM OVERVIEW

                                     [****]




<PAGE>


SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 30 day of March 1996, (the "Effective Date")
between Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York
14607 ("DSMi" or "Vendor") and Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, a division of
Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, P.O. Box 4500, Princeton, New Jersey 08543-4500
(hereinafter called "BMS").  Vendor agrees to provide services to BMS under the
terms set forth below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
    specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Attachment
    A.

    The product and all material elements as set forth on Attachment A are
    subject to prior approval by BMS, such approval not to be unreasonably
    withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION

    BMS will pay Vendor according to the terms or payment schedule set forth in
    Attachment A hereto.

    In the event that BMS shall request any changes in the concept,
    specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on
    Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify BMS of the cost of such revisions
    and will not proceed without prior approval.

    If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat
    fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide such
    documentation in support of all billings as BMS may reasonably require.

C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all BMS Confidential
    Information.  "BMS Confidential Information" shall include, but not be
    limited to, information relating to BMS' past, present and future marketing
    and research and development activities that may be disclosed to Vendor by
    BMS and/or BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are
    identified in writing by BMS as confidential.  BMS Confidential information
    shall not include (i) information known by Vendor prior to disclosure from
    BMS, (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no
    wrongful act of Vendor, (iii) information that is independently developed
    by Vendor, without use of information that otherwise constitutes BMS
    Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law,
    rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that BMS is given
    10 days prior notice of such disclosure. Vendors obligations not to
    disclose BMS Confidential Information to third parties shall survive the
    termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.  Vendor shall not
    duplicate any material containing BMS Confidential Information, except in
    the direct performance of its services under this Agreement.  Vendor


<PAGE>

    shall return all copies of materials containing BMS Confidential
    Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this Agreement or
    upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

    BMS shall treat as confidential and secret any and all Vendor Confidential
    Information.  "Vendor Confidential Information" shall include, but not be
    limited to, information relating to Vendor's past, present and future
    systems development activities that may be disclosed to BMS and/or BMS'
    parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are identified in
    writing by Vendor as confidential, except that in no event shall Vendor
    Confidential Information include information relating to Vendor
    deliverables under this agreement.  Vendor Confidential lnformation shall
    not include (i) information known by BMS prior to disclosure from Vendor,
    (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act
    of BMS, (iii) information that is independently developed by BMS, without
    use of information that otherwise constitutes Vendor Confidential
    Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law, rule,
    regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that Vendor is given 10
    days prior notice of such disclosure. BMS' obligations not to disclose
    Vendor Confidential Information shall survive the termination of this
    Agreement for a period of five years.  BMS shall return all copies of
    materials containing Vendor Confidential Information upon Vendor's
    completion of services under this Agreement or upon any earlier termination
    of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

D.  INDEMNIFICATION

    Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
    including attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to its
    willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement, or for any willful or
    negligent breach of this Agreement.

E.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
    expertise sufficient in quality and it  will perform all such assignments
    and projects given it by BMS hereunder and agrees that it will perform all
    such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate with professional
    standards generally applicable to its industry.

F.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    Any and all telephone scripts or written materials created by Vendor for
    BMS in connection with this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive
    property of BMS.  BMS may use such work wherever and whenever it chooses.
    This Agreement shall be deemed a transfer of copyright and any
    copyrightable subject matter created by Vendor in such


<PAGE>

    works.  Vendor shall execute any and all documents necessary to demonstrate
    or perfect such transfer.  Vendor shall not at any time in any manner
    during or after this Agreement, under any circumstances, be entitled to or
    claim any right, title or interest herein or any commission, fee or other
    direct or indirect benefit from BMS or BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate
    companies, in respect of such works created by Vendor hereunder.  Vendor
    agrees to execute or cause its agents and/or employees to execute any
    documents necessary or desirable to secure or perfect BMS' legal rights and
    worldwide ownership in such works, including, but not limited to documents
    relating to trademark and copyright applications.

G.  RELEASES

    Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for BMS and
    are subject to the rights of third parties shall be specifically identified
    to BMS in writing.  Vendor shall obtain (and deliver upon request to BMS)
    releases for all names, photographs, illustrations, testimonials, and any
    and all other materials used in works which Vendor prepares or uses.  All
    such releases shall run to BMS, its agents and employees where appropriate
    and customary.  Vendor's failure to obtain such releases or the obtaining
    of such releases by Vendor shall in no way relieve Vendor of its
    obligations in Paragraph F above except where the releases have been
    obtained directly by BMS.  Except for works that have been secured by
    permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that all works provided by Vendor
    shall be original and shall not infringe any copyright or violate any
    rights of any persons or entities whatsoever.

H.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

    1.   Term

    This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in
    full force and effect through December 31, 2001 unless terminated by at
    least ninety (90) days written notice by either party to the other, sent by
    registered mail to the address for each party first set forth above, or to
    such other address which a party may designate for its receipt of notices
    hereunder.  The Agreement will automatically renew for two successive five
    year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice
    no less than 90 days prior to the expiration of the Agreement of its intent
    not to renew the Agreement.

    2.   Payment on Termination

    Upon termination of this Agreement BMS is to pay for all authorized work in
    process, and BMS shall assume Vendor's liability under and indemnify Vendor
    with respect to all outstanding contracts made in connection with Vendor
    services under this Agreement. Upon written notice of termination Vendor
    shall take all steps necessary to wind up the work under this Agreement and
    to mitigate BMS' liability therefore.  Should Vendor terminate the
    agreement, during a period of time during which BMS has the exclusive right
    to the program as described in the Exclusivity section of this Agreement,
    it shall not engage or participate in any other project involving the
    development or implementation


<PAGE>

    of an interactive program in pain management for twelve months from the
    date of termination.  Vendor  also agrees to perform services under this
    Agreement the shorter of six months or until an alternative source for
    those services can be obtained should it terminate this Agreement.

    3.   Transfer Upon Termination

    Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to BMS or BMS'
    representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or control
    belonging to and paid for by BMS, and all information regarding BMS'
    project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth in Paragraph C herein.
    Vendor also agrees to give all reasonable cooperation toward transferring
    with approval of third parties in interest all contracts and arrangements,
    if any, properly entered into by Vendor in the performance of this
    Agreement, and all rights and claims thereto and therein, upon being duly
    released from the obligation thereof.

I.  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

    The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing
    contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in the
    relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent, or
    joint venture.  Neither party shall have the power to bind or obligate the
    other party nor shall either party hold itself out as having such
    authority.

J.  THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

    In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
    disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
    relations or promotional material for BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate
    companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind using the name of BMS
    and/or BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or using their
    trademarks, without the prior written approval of BMS.

K.  GOVERNING LAW

    This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be
    construed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that State.

L.  MISCELLANEOUS

    1)   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon BMS and Vendor and
    their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Notwithstanding the
    foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or in part by Vendor
    without the prior written consent of BMS.  Factoring of accounts receivable
    is not permitted.


<PAGE>

    2)   The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of
    this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the
    particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce
    any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law
    or this Agreement.

    3)   BMS is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate against
    any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or national origin.
    Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal Opportunity
    Employment.

    4)   The policy of BMS is to protect the health, safety and quality of life
    of its employees and the public, and to exercise responsible stewardship of
    natural resources that may be impacted by its activities.  To realize this,
    BMS is committed to maintaining programs and procedures for the
    environmentally responsible management of facilities, materials, production
    processes, products and packaging, transportation and distribution, waste
    and ft minimization, energy, general business operations and contracted
    goods and services.  Vendor agrees with this policy and further
    acknowledges that its performance under this Agreement shall be in strict
    compliance with all applicable governmental laws and regulations and in
    accordance with and in furtherance of this policy.

    5)   This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with
    respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
    written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
    mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

    6)   The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be
    construed as part of this Agreement.

    7)   Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either
    party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder
    caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable
    control, including, but not limited to, failure of performance by the other
    party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements,
    judicial requirements, inability to secure materials on a timely basis,
    failure of computer equipment, failures or delays of sources from which
    information or data is obtained and transportation difficulties.


<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered into this Agreement this ____ day of ______________, 1996.



Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology          Disease State Management, Inc.
a division of Bristol-Myers            46 Prince Street
Squibb Company                         Rochester, New York 14607



By:  /s/ Brian Markison                 By:  /s/ George T. Witter
   --------------------------------        -----------------------------------

Title:  Vice President                 Title:  Vice President Sales
      -----------------------------           --------------------------------


<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                                   PROGRAM OVERVIEW

[****]





<PAGE>

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this  23rd day of April, 1996, (the "Effective
Date") between Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New
York 14607 ("DSMi" or "Vendor") and Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology/Immunology, a
division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, P.O. Box 4500, Princeton, New Jersey
08543-4500 (hereinafter called "BMS").  Vendor agrees to provide services to BMS
under the terms set forth below.

A.   SERVICES

     Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
     specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Attachment
     A.

     The product and all material elements as set forth on Attachment A are
     subject to prior approval by BMS, such approval not to be unreasonably
     withheld.

B.   COMPENSATION

     BMS will pay Vendor according to the terms or payment schedule set forth in
     Attachment A hereto.

     In the event that BMS shall request any changes in the concept,
     specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on
     Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify BMS of the cost of such revisions
     and will not proceed without prior approval.

     If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat
     fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide such
     documentation in support of all billings as BMS may reasonably require.

C.   CONFIDENTIALITY

     Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all BMS Confidential
     Information.  "BMS Confidential Information" shall include, but not be
     limited to, information relating to BMS' past, present and future marketing
     and research and development activities that may be disclosed to Vendor by
     BMS and/or BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are
     identified in writing by BMS as confidential.  BMS Confidential information
     shall not include (i) information known by Vendor prior to disclosure from
     BMS. (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no
     wrongful act of Vendor, (iii) information that is independently developed
     by Vendor, without use of information that otherwise constitutes BMS
     Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law,
     rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that BMS is given
     10 days prior notice of such disclosure. Vendors obligations not to
     disclose BMS Confidential Information to third parties shall survive the
     termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.  Vendor shall not
     duplicate any material containing BMS Confidential

<PAGE>

     Information, except in the direct performance of its services under this
     Agreement.  Vendor shall return all copies of materials containing BMS
     Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this
     Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason
     whatsoever.

     BMS shall treat as confidential and secret any and all Vendor Confidential
     Information.  "Vendor Confidential Information" shall include, but not be
     limited to, information relating to Vendor's past, present and future
     systems development activities that may be disclosed to BMS and/or BMS'
     parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are identified in
     writing by Vendor as confidential, except that in no event shall Vendor
     Confidential Information include information relating to Vendor
     deliverables under this agreement.  Vendor Confidential lnformation shall
     not include (i) information known by BMS prior to disclosure from Vendor,
     (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act
     of BMS, (iii) information that is independently developed by BMS, without
     use of information that otherwise constitutes Vendor Confidential
     Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law, rule,
     regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that Vendor is given 10
     days prior notice of such disclosure. BMS' obligations not to disclose
     Vendor Confidential Information shall survive the termination of this
     Agreement for a period of five years.  BMS shall return all copies of
     materials containing Vendor Confidential Information upon Vendor's
     completion of services under this Agreement or upon any earlier termination
     of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

D.   INDEMNIFICATION

     Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
     against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
     including attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to its
     willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
     responsibilities as described in this Agreement, or for any willful or
     negligent breach of this Agreement.  BMS shall indemnify and hold Vendor
     harmless from and against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs
     or expenses, including attorney's fees, arising from or in any way related
     to any and all medical malpractice claims or litigations involving Vendor
     arising from a patient's use of Megace-Registered Trademark-Oral 
     Suspension.

E.   PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

     Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
     expertise sufficient in quality and it  will perform all such assignments
     and projects given it by BMS hereunder and agrees that it will perform all
     such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate with professional
     standards generally applicable to its industry.

F.   OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

     Any and all telephone scripts or written materials created by Vendor for
     BMS in connection with this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive
     property of BMS.  BMS

<PAGE>

     may use such work wherever and whenever it chooses.  This Agreement shall
     be deemed a transfer of copyright and any copyrightable subject matter
     created by Vendor in such works.  Vendor shall execute any and all
     documents necessary to demonstrate or perfect such transfer.  Vendor shall
     not at any time in any manner during or after this Agreement, under any
     circumstances, be entitled to or claim any right, title or interest herein
     or any commission, fee or other direct or indirect benefit from BMS or BMS'
     parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies, in respect of such works created
     by Vendor hereunder.  Vendor agrees to execute or cause its agents and/or
     employees to execute any documents necessary or desirable to secure or
     perfect BMS' legal rights and worldwide ownership in such works, including,
     but not limited to documents relating to trademark and copyright
     applications.

G.   RELEASES

     Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for BMS and
     are subject to the rights of third parties shall be specifically identified
     to BMS in writing.  Vendor shall obtain (and deliver upon request to BMS)
     releases for all names, photographs, illustrations, testimonials, and any
     and all other materials used in works which Vendor prepares or uses.  All
     such releases shall run to BMS, its agents and employees where appropriate
     and customary.  Vendor's failure to obtain such releases or the obtaining
     of such releases by Vendor shall in no way relieve Vendor of its
     obligations in Paragraph F above except where the releases have been
     obtained directly by BMS.  Except for works that have been secured by
     permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that all works provided by Vendor
     shall be original and shall not infringe any copyright or violate any
     rights of any persons or entities whatsoever.

H.   DURATION OF AGREEMENT

     1.   Term

     This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in
     full force and effect for twelve (12) months unless terminated by at least
     ninety (90) days written notice by either party to the other, sent by
     registered mail to the address for each party first set forth above, or to
     such other address which a party may designate for its receipt of notices
     hereunder.

     2.   Payment on Termination

     Upon termination of this Agreement BMS is to pay for all authorized work in
     process, and BMS shall assume Vendor's liability under and indemnify Vendor
     with respect to all outstanding contracts made in connection with Vendor
     services under this Agreement. Upon written notice of termination Vendor
     shall take all steps necessary to wind up the work under this Agreement and
     to mitigate BMS' liability therefore.  Should Vendor terminate the
     agreement, during a period of time during which BMS has the exclusive right
     to the program as described in the Exclusivity section of this Agreement,
     it shall not engage or participate in any other project involving the
     development or implementation

<PAGE>

     of an interactive program primarily focused on Weight Enhancement for
     patients with Cancer or AIDS for twelve months from the date of
     termination.  Vendor  also agrees to perform services under this Agreement
     the shorter of six months or until an alternative source for those services
     can be obtained should it terminate this Agreement.

     3.   Transfer Upon Termination

     Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to BMS or BMS'
     representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or control
     belonging to and paid for by BMS, and all information regarding BMS'
     project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth in Paragraph C herein.
     Vendor also agrees to give all reasonable cooperation toward transferring
     with approval of third parties in interest all contracts and arrangements,
     if any, properly entered into by Vendor in the performance of this
     Agreement, and all rights and claims thereto and therein, upon being duly
     released from the obligation thereof.

I.   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

     The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing
     contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in the
     relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent, or
     joint venture.  Neither party shall have the power to bind or obligate the
     other party nor shall either party hold itself out as having such
     authority.

J.   THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

     In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
     disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
     relations or promotional material for BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate
     companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind using the name of BMS
     and/or BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or using their
     trademarks, without the prior written approval of BMS.

K.   GOVERNING LAW

     This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be
     construed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that State.

L.   MISCELLANEOUS

     1)   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon BMS and Vendor and
     their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or in part by Vendor
     without the prior written consent of BMS.  Factoring of accounts receivable
     is not permitted.

<PAGE>

     2)   The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of
     this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the
     particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce
     any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law
     or this Agreement.

     3)   BMS is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate against
     any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or national origin.
     Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal Opportunity
     Employment.

     4)   The policy of BMS is to protect the health, safety and quality of life
     of its employees and the public, and to exercise responsible stewardship of
     natural resources that may be impacted by its activities.  To realize this,
     BMS is committed to maintaining programs and procedures for the
     environmentally responsible management of facilities, materials, production
     processes, products and packaging, transportation and distribution, waste
     and ft minimization, energy, general business operations and contracted
     goods and services.  Vendor agrees with this policy and further
     acknowledges that its performance under this Agreement shall be in strict
     compliance with all applicable governmental laws and regulations and in
     accordance with and in furtherance of this policy.

     5)   This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with
     respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
     written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
     mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

     6)   The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be
     construed as part of this Agreement.

     7)   Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either
     party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder
     caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable
     control, including, but not limited to, failure of performance by the other
     party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements,
     judicial requirements, inability to secure materials on a timely basis,
     failure of computer equipment, failures or delays of sources from which
     information or data is obtained and transportation difficulties.

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 23 day of April, 1996.



Bristol-Myers Squibb                          Disease State Management, Inc.
Oncology/Immunology                           46 Prince Street
a division of Bristol-Myers                   Rochester, New York 14607
Squibb Company
P.O. Box 4500
Princeton, New Jersey 08543


By: /s/ Brian Markison                        By: /s/ George T. Witter
   ---------------------------                   ---------------------------

Title: Vice President                       Title: Vice President, Sales
      ------------------------                      ------------------------

<PAGE>


Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                               WEIGHT ENHANCEMENT
                          PATIENT INTERVENTION PROGRAM




                          -----------------------------


                                       FOR


                              BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB
                               ONCOLOGY/IMMUNOLOGY





                                  PRESENTED BY

                       DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT,-SM- INC.
                                46 PRINCE STREET
                           ROCHESTER, NEW YORK  14607
                                  716-244-1360


                                     [****]





<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 16th day of October, 1995, (the "Effective 
Date") between DSMI Corp., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York 14607 
("Vendor") and Bristol-Myers Squibb U. S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of 
Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, P.O. Box 4500, Princeton, New Jersey 08543-4500 
(hereinafter called "BMSUSP"). Vendor agrees to provide services to BMSUSP 
under the terms set forth below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the 
    specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as
    Attachment A.

    The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject to 
    prior approval by BMSUSP, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION

    All fees for program development will be payable according to the 
following schedule:

        50% upon execution of this Services Agreement
        50% upon completion of development work, defined as the point in time 
        when the services contemplated hereunder can be delivered.

    All fees for program operation will be payable according to the following 
schedule:

        Satisfaction survey fees payable at the time of identification of 
        survey participants by BMSUSP.

        Compliance program fees are payable at the time that the initial 
        service included within a particular phase of the program is 
        delivered. Phase I fees will be payable upon the identification of 
        the patient by [*****]. Phase II fees are payable upon 
        identification of a patient as requiring the additional services 
        based upon the results of the Phase I intervention. Phase III fees 
        are payable upon identification of a patient as requiring the 
        additional services based upon the results of the Phase II 
        intervention.

    In the event that BMSUSP shall request any changes in the concept, 
    specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on 
    Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify BMSUSP of the cost of such 
    revisions and will not proceed without prior written approval.

    If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat 
    fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide 
    such documentation in support of all billings as BMSUSP may reasonably 
    require.

<PAGE>

C.  CONFIDENTIALITY.


    Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all BMSUSP     
    Confidential Information. "BMSUSP Confidential Information" shall include,
    but not be limited to, information relating to BMSUSP's past, present and 
    future marketing and research and development activities that may be 
    disclosed to Vendor by BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or 
    affiliate companies and which are identified in writing by BMSUSP as 
    confidential. BMSUSP Confidential information shall not include (i) 
    information known by Vendor prior to disclosure from BMSUSP, (ii) 
    information which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of 
    Vendor, (iii) information that is independently developed by Vendor, 
    without use of information that otherwise constitutes BMSUSP Confidential 
    Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law, rule, 
    regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that BMSUSP is given 10 
    days prior notice of such disclosure. Vendor expressly agrees that any 
    information it discovers or develops under this Agreement for the 
    benefit of BMSUSP shall not be used by Vendor or disclosed by Vendor to 
    any third party, nor shall Vendor show this Agreement or disclose the 
    existence, nature or subject matter of this Agreement to any third party 
    without the prior written consent of BMSUSP. Vendors obligations not to
    disclose BMSUSP Confidential Information to third parties and not to 
    otherwise use BMSUSP Confidential Information shall survive the 
    termination of this Agreement for a period of five years. Vendor shall 
    not duplicate any material containing BMSUSP Confidential Information, 
    except in the direct performance of its services under this Agreement. 
    Vendor shall return all copies of materials containing BMSUSP 
    Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this 
    Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any 
    reason whatsoever.

    BMSUSP shall treat as confidential and secret any and all Vendor 
    Confidential Information. "Vendor Confidential Information" shall 
    include, but not be limited to, information relating to Vendor's past, 
    present and future systems development activities that may be disclosed 
    to BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and 
    which are identified in writing by Vendor as confidential, except that in 
    no event shall Vendor Confidential Information include information 
    relation to Vendor deliverables under this agreement. Vendor Confidential 
    Information shall not include (i) information known by BMSUSP prior to 
    disclosure from Vendor, (ii) information which is or becomes publicly 
    known through no wrongful act of BMSUSP, (iii) information that is 
    independently developed by BMSUSP, without use of information that 
    otherwise constitutes Vendor Confidential Information, or (iv) 
    information disclosed pursuant to law, rule, regulation or pursuant to a 
    court order, provided that Vendor is given 10 days prior notice of such 
    disclosure. BMSUSP expressly agrees that any Confidential Information it 
    discovers under this Agreement shall not be disclosed by BMSUSP to any 
    third party without the prior written consent of Vendor. BMSUSP's 
    obligations not to disclose Vendor Confidential Information shall survive 
    the termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.

D.  INDEMNIFICATION

<PAGE>

    Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and 
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses, 
    including attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to its 
    willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the 
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement, or for any willful or 
    negligent breach of this Agreement.

E.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS.

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and 
    expertise sufficient in quality and it will perform all such assignments 
    and projects given it by BMSUSP hereunder and agrees that it will perform 
    all such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate with 
    professional standards generally applicable to its industry.

F.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    Any and all reports, information, data or other works created by Vendor 
    for BMSUSP in connection with this Agreement (with the exception of 
    customization of the Vendor's basic software and systems for BMSUSP as 
    well as the Vendor's basic software and systems themselves) shall be the 
    sole and exclusive property of BMSUSP. BMSUSP may use such work wherever 
    and whenever it chooses. Vendor shall not at any time in any manner 
    during or after this Agreement, under any circumstances, be entitled to 
    or claim any right, title or interest herein or any commission, fee or 
    other direct or indirect benefit from BMSUSP or BMSUSP's parent, 
    subsidiary or affiliate companies, in respect of such reports, data, 
    information or other works created by Vendor hereunder.

    BMSUSP hereby grants Vendor a worldwide perpetual royalty free license to 
    the data and information created by Vendor in connection with this 
    agreement for purposes of making marketing presentations to other 
    potential customers and for the development and sale of additional 
    products based upon this data and information.

G.  RELEASES

    Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for BMSUSP 
    and are subject to the rights of third parties shall be specifically 
    identified to BMSUSP in writing. Vendor shall obtain (and deliver upon 
    request to BMSUSP) releases for all names, photographs, illustrations, 
    testimonials, and any and all other materials used in works which Vendor 
    prepares or uses. All such releases shall run to BMSUSP, its agents and 
    employees where appropriate and customary. Vendor's failure to obtain 
    such releases or the obtaining of such releases by Vendor shall in no way 
    relieve Vendor of its obligations in Paragraph F above except where the 
    releases have been obtained directly by BMSUSP. Except for works that 
    have been secured by permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that all 
    works provided by Vendor shall be original and shall not infringe any 
    copyright or violate any rights of any persons or entities whatsoever.

H.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT


<PAGE>

    1.  Term

    This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue 
    in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the 
    project assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty (30) days 
    written notice by either party to the other, sent by registered mail to 
    the address for each party first set forth above, or to such other 
    address which a party may designate for its receipt of notices hereunder.

    2.  Payment on Termination

    Upon termination of this Agreement BMSUSP is to pay for all authorized 
    work in process, and BMSUSP shall assume Vendor's liability under and 
    indemnify Vendor with respect to all outstanding contracts made on 
    BMSUSP's behalf. Upon written notice of termination Vendor shall take 
    all steps necessary to wind up the work under this Agreement to mitigate 
    BMSUSP's liability therefore.

    3.  Transfer Upon Termination

    Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to BMSUSP or BMSUSP's 
    representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or 
    control belonging to and paid for by BMSUSP, and all information 
    regarding BMSUSP's project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth in 
    Paragraph C herein. Vendor also agrees to give all reasonable cooperation 
    toward transferring with approval of third parties in interest all 
    contracts and arrangements, if any, properly entered into by Vendor in 
    the performance of this Agreement, and all rights and claims thereto and 
    therein, upon being duly released from the obligation thereof.

I.  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

    The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing 
    contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in 
    the relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent, 
    or joint ventures. Neither party shall have the power to bind or obligate 
    the other party nor shall either party hold itself out as having such 
    authority.

J.  THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

    In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or 
    disbursements, incur no obligations or place any advertising, public 
    relations or promotional material for BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or 
    affiliate companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind using the 
    name of BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies 
    or using their trademarks, without the prior written approval of BMSUSP.

<PAGE>

K.  GOVERNING LAW

    This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be 
    constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that 
    State.

L.  MISCELLANEOUS

    1)  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon BMSUSP and the 
    Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole 
    or in part by Vendor without the prior written consent of BMSUSP. 
    Factoring of accounts receivable is not permitted.

    2)  The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of 
    this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of 
    the particular breach involved or a waiver of either party's right to 
    enforce any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy 
    granted by law or this Agreement.

    3)  BMSUSP is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate 
    against any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or national 
    origin. Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal 
    Opportunity Employment.

    4)  The policy of BMSUSP is to protect the health, safety and quality of 
    life of its employees and the public, and to exercise responsible 
    stewardship of natural resources that may be impacted by its activities. 
    To realize this, BMSUSP is committed to maintaining programs and 
    procedures for the environmentally responsible management of facilities, 
    materials, production processes, products and packaging, transportation 
    and distribution, waste and ft minimization, energy, general business 
    operations and contracted goods and services. Vendor agrees with this 
    policy and further acknowledges that its performance under this Agreement 
    shall be in strict compliance with all applicable governmental laws and 
    regulations and in accordance with and in furtherance of this policy.

    5)  This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with 
    respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior 
    written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to 
    mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

    6)  The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not 
    be construed as part of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

    7)  Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either 
    party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder 
    caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable 
    control, including but not limited to, failure of performance by the other 
    party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements, 
    inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of computer 
    equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or data 
    is obtained and transportation difficulties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, 
have entered in to this Agreement this 16th day of October, 1995.




Bristol-Myers Squibb                             DSMI Corp.
U. S. Pharmaceuticals                            46 Prince Street
a division of Bristol-Myers                       Rochester, New York 14607
Squibb Company



By: /s/ ANDREW BEIDLER                           By: /s/ DONALD A. CARLBERG
    ---------------------------                      -----------------------

Title: Mgr., Customer Projects                   Title: President & CEO
       ------------------------                         --------------------

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                                 ATTACHMENT A

                         TELEPHONE SATISFACTION SURVEY

                                   [****]




<PAGE>


SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this  __1st___ day of _____July___________, 1996,
(the "Effective Date") between -Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince
Street, Rochester, New York 14607 ("Vendor") and American Homepatient. Vendor
agrees to provide services to American Homepatient under the terms set forth
below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
    specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Attachment
    A.

    The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject to
    prior approval by American Homepatient such approval not to be unreasonably
    withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION

    American Homepatient will pay Vendor according to the terms or payment
    schedule set forth in Attachment A hereto.

    In the event that American Homepatient shall request any changes in the
    concept, specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described
    on Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify American Homepatient of the cost
    of such revisions and will not proceed without prior written approval.

    If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat
    fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide such
    documentation in support of all billings as American Homepatient may
    reasonably require.

C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all American
    Homepatient Confidential Information.  "American Homepatient Confidential
    Information" shall include, but not be limited to, information relating to
    American Homepatient past, present and future marketing and research and
    development activities that may be disclosed to Vendor by American
    Homepatient and/or American Homepatient's parent, subsidiary or affiliate
    companies and which are identified in writing by American Homepatient as
    confidential.  American Homepatient Confidential information shall not
    include (i) information known by Vendor prior to disclosure from American
    Homepatient. (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no
    wrongful act of Vendor, (iii) information that is independently developed
    by Vendor, without use of information that otherwise constitutes American
    Homepatient Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed
    pursuant to law, rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided
    that American Homepatient is given 10 days prior notice of such disclosure.
    Vendor expressly agrees that any information it discovers or develops under
    this Agreement for the benefit of American Homepatient shall not be  used
    by Vendor or disclosed by Vendor to any third party, nor shall Vendor show
    this Agreement or disclose the existence, nature or subject matter of this
    Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of American
    Homepatient.  Vendors obligations not to disclose American Homepatient
    Confidential Information to third parties and not to otherwise use American
    Homepatient Confidential Information shall survive the termination of this
    Agreement for a period of five years.  Vendor shall not duplicate any
    material containing American Homepatient Confidential Information, except
    in the direct performance of its services under this Agreement.  Vendor
    shall return all copies of materials containing American Homepatient
    Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this
    Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason
    whatsoever.


<PAGE>

    American Homepatient shall treat as confidential and secret any and all
    Vendor Confidential Information.  Vendor Confidential Information" shall
    include, but not be limited to, information relating to Vendor's past,
    present and future systems development activities that may be disclosed to
    Homepatient and/or American Homepatient's parent, subsidiary or affiliate
    companies and which are identified in writing by Vendor as confidential,
    except that in no event shall Vendor Confidential Information include
    information related to Vendor deliverables under this agreement.  Vendor
    Confidential information shall not include (i) information known by
    American Homepatient prior to disclosure from Vendor, (ii) information
    which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of American
    Homepatient, (iii) information that is independently developed by American
    Homepatient without use of information that otherwise constitutes Vendor
    Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law,
    rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that Vendor is
    given 10 days prior notice of such disclosure.  American Homepatient
    expressly agrees that any Confidential Information it discovers under this
    Agreement shall not be disclosed by American Homepatient to any third party
    without the prior written consent of Vendor.  American Homepatient
    obligations not to disclose Vendor Confidential Information shall survive
    the termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.

D.  INDEMNIFICATION

    Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
    including attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to its
    willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement, or for any willful or
    negligent breach of this Agreement.

E.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
    expertise sufficient in quality and quality to perform all such assignments
    and projects given it by American Homepatient hereunder and agrees that it
    will perform all such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate
    with professional standards generally applicable to its industry.

F.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    Any and all reports, information, data or other works created by Vendor for
    American Homepatient in connection with this Agreement (with the exception
    of customization of the Vendor's basic software and systems for American
    Homepatient as well as the Vendor's basic software and systems themselves)
    shall be the sole and exclusive property of American Homepatient.  American
    Homepatient may use such work wherever and whenever it chooses.  This
    Agreement shall be deemed a transfer of copyright and any copyrightable
    subject matter created by Vendor in such works.  Vendor shall execute any
    and all documents necessary to demonstrate or perfect such transfer.
    Vendor shall not at any time in any manner during or after this Agreement,
    under any circumstances, be entitled to or claim any right, title or
    interest herein or any commission, fee or other direct or indirect benefit
    from American Homepatient or American Homepatient's parent, subsidiary or
    affiliate companies, in respect of such reports, data, information or other
    works created by Vendor hereunder.  Vendor agrees to execute or cause its
    agents and/or employees to execute any documents necessary or desirable to
    secure or perfect American Homepatient's legal rights and worldwide
    ownership in such works, including, but not limited to documents relating
    to patent, trademark and copyright applications. American Homepatient
    hereby grants Vendor a worldwide perpetual royalty free license to the data
    and information created by Vendor in connection with this agreement for
    purposes of making marketing presentations to other potential customers and
    for the development and sale of additional products based upon this data
    and information.


<PAGE>

G.  RELEASES

    Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for American
    Homepatient and are subject to the rights of third parties shall be
    specifically identified to American Homepatient in writing.  Vendor shall
    obtain (and deliver upon request to American Homepatient) releases for all
    names, photographs, illustrations, testimonials, and any and all other
    materials used in works which Vendor prepares or uses.  All such releases
    shall run to American Homepatient, its agents and employees where
    appropriate and customary.  Vendor's failure to obtain such releases or the
    obtaining of such releases by Vendor shall in no way relieve Vendor of its
    obligations in Paragraph F above except where the releases have been
    obtained directly by American Homepatient.  Except for works that have been
    secured by permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that all works
    provided by Vendor shall be original and shall not infringe any copyright
    or violate any rights of any persons or entities whatsoever.

H.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

    1.   Term

    This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in
    full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the project
    assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty (30) days written
    notice by either party to the other, sent by registered mail to the address
    for each party first set forth above, or to such other address which a
    party may designate for its receipt of notices hereunder.

    2.   Payment on Termination

    Upon termination of this Agreement American Homepatient is to pay for all
    authorized work in process, and American Homepatient shall assume Vendor's
    liability under and indemnify Vendor with respect to all outstanding
    contracts made on American Homepatient's behalf.   Upon written notice of
    termination Vendor shall take all steps necessary to wind up the work under
    this Agreement and to mitigate American Homepatient's liability therefore.

    3.   Transfer Upon Termination

    Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to American Homepatient or
    American Homepatient's representative all property and materials in
    Vendor's possession or control belonging to and paid for by American
    Homepatient and all information regarding American Homepatient project(s)
    covered by this Agreement, as set forth in Paragraph C herein.  Vendor also
    agrees to give all reasonable cooperation toward transferring with approval
    of third parties in interest all contracts and arrangements, if any,
    properly entered into by Vendor in the performance of this Agreement, and
    all rights and claims thereto and therein, upon being duly released from
    the obligation thereof.

I.  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

    The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing
    contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in the
    relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent, or
    joint ventures.  Neither party shall have the power to bind or obligate the
    other party nor shall either party hold itself out as having such
    authority.

J.  THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

    In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
    disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
    relations or promotional material for American


<PAGE>

    Homepatient's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies, nor disseminate
    any material of any kind using the name of American Homepatient and/or
    American Homepatient's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or using
    their trademarks, without the prior written approval of American
    Homepatient.

K.  GOVERNING LAW

    This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be
    constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that
    State.

L.  MISCELLANEOUS

    1)   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon American Homepatient
    and Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or
    in part by Vendor without the prior written consent of American
    Homepatient.  Factoring of accounts receivable is not permitted.

    2)   The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of
    this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the
    particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce
    any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law
    or this Agreement.

    3)   American Homepatient and DSMI are Equal Opportunity Employers and do
    not discriminate against any person because of race, color, creed, age,
    sex, or national origin.  Vendor represents that it has the same policy of
    Equal Opportunity Employment.

    4)   The policy of American Homepatient and DSMI is to protect the health,
    safety and quality of life of its employees and the public, and to exercise
    responsible stewardship of natural resources that may be impacted by its
    activities.  To realize this, American Homepatient and DSMI are committed
    to maintaining programs and procedures for the environmentally responsible
    management of facilities, materials, production processes, products and
    packaging, transportation and distribution, waste and ft minimization,
    energy, general business operations and contracted goods and services.
    Vendor agrees with this policy and further acknowledges that its
    performance under this Agreement shall be in strict compliance with all
    applicable governmental laws and regulations and in accordance with and in
    furtherance of this policy.

    5)   This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with
    respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
    written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
    mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

    6)   The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be
    construed as part of this Agreement.


<PAGE>

    7)   Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either
    party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder
    caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable
    control, including. but not limited to, failure of performance by the other
    party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements,
    inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of computer
    equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or data is
    obtained and transportation difficulties.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 24 day of June, 1996



AMERICAN HOMEPATIENT                   DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT-SM-, INC.

By:  /s/ Sen Serafino                   By:  /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
   --------------------------------        -----------------------------------

Title:  Vice President                 Title:  President & CEO
      -----------------------------           --------------------------------


<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                                     ATTACHMENT A


                                        ASTHMA
                                  DISEASE MANAGEMENT
                                       PROPOSAL


                      ------------------------------------------
                      ------------------------------------------


                                         FOR


                                American Homepatient



                                     PRESENTED BY


                           Disease State Management,-SM- Inc.
                                   46 Prince Street
                              Rochester, New York  14607
                                     716-244-1360



            Disease State Management and DSMI are registered service marks
                          of Disease State Management, Inc.



                                       [****]



<PAGE>

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 21 day of June, 1996, (the "Effective Date")
between Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York
14607 ("Vendor") and EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.  Vendor agrees
to provide services to EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES under the
terms set forth below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
    specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Attachment
    A.

    The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject to
    prior approval by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES, such approval
    not to be unreasonably withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION
    
    EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES will pay Vendor according to the
    terms or payment schedule set forth in Attachment A hereto.

    In the event that EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES shall request
    any changes in the concept, specifications or scope of the product(s) or
    service(s) described on Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES of the cost of such revisions and will
    not proceed without prior written approval.

    If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat
    fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide such
    documentation in support of all billings as EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES may reasonably require.
    
C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    1.   EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES and Vendor acknowledge that
    certain confidential and proprietary information may be disclosed by one of
    them to the other in the course of this Agreement.  For purposes of this
    Agreement, the term "Confidential Information" includes the following:  (a) 
    All information regarding the patient, EQUIFAX'S Customer, any patient
    medical data and/or status, or provider information; and (b)  any other
    information identified as confidential in writing by the disclosing party
    prior to disclosure.  Notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of
    this Agreement, the foregoing shall not prevent EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES from retaining information, including any and all
    information and data pertaining to any patient which comes to EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES or to which EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES is given access during this Agreement.
    
    2.   Should EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES receive confidential
    information of Vendor for use in performing their Services, EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES agrees to take all reasonable steps to
    safeguard the confidentiality of said information and to prevent
    unauthorized disclosure thereof by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE
    SERVICE'S employees, agents and representatives.  EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES shall maintain strict security procedures to
    protect the confidentiality of any information received, stored, or
    delivered on 


       Disease State Management -SM- and DSMI -SM- are servicemarks of 
       Disease State Management, Inc.

<PAGE>


    patients in the EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES or any
    affiliated or associated company's database.

    3.   The data released hereunder to Vendor regarding patients, patient
    medical data, EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES Customers, and
    provider information, is considered sensitive and confidential information. 
    Vendor warrants that is shall use any information provided by EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES strictly for the performance of this
    Agreement. Vendor acknowledges and agrees to take all steps necessary to
    safeguard the confidentiality of all information and reports, whether oral
    or written, maintain such information as strictly confidential and to
    prevent unauthorized disclosure thereof by Vendor's employees, agents,
    representatives and other third parties.  Vendor warrants that all such
    information and reports will not be disclosed to any person, organization
    or entity other than EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.  
    
    4.  Each party shall hold the other party, its affiliated companies, the
    officers, agents, employees, and independent contractors of the other
    party, harmless and shall indemnify and defend such party for any claim of
    expense or damage, whatsoever, resulting from the publishing or release by
    such party, of information contrary to the above conditions.
    
    5.  The obligations of the Paragraph shall not apply to any Confidential
    Information which the recipient can demonstrate is or becomes available to
    the public through no breach of this Agreement. 
    
    6.  Neither party to this Agreement shall, except as may be required by law
    or federal regulation, or except with express written permission of the
    other party, disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to any
    third party or publicly advertise its contents. 
    
    7.  The parties agree that Vendor's breach of any of its material
    obligation under the applicable Confidentiality provisions of this
    Agreement, may cause EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES irreparable
    injury for which it would have not adequate remedy at law, and that EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES shall be entitled to specific
    performance or preliminary or other injunctive relief in addition to any
    and all remedies it may otherwise be entitled to at law or in equity.
    
    8.  This Paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

    Vendor shall not duplicate any material containing EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES Confidential Information, except in the direct
    performance of its services under this Agreement.  Vendor shall return all
    copies of materials containing EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
    Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this
    Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason
    whatsoever.

    
D.  INDEMNIFICATION

    D1.  Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
    including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to
    its willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement.

<PAGE>
    
    
    
    D2.  "Limitation of Liability"
    Neither EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES nor vendor shall in any
    way be liable for any special, indirect, exemplary, incidental or
    consequential damages, whether based on contract, tort, or any other legal
    theory, even if EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES or vendor has
    been previously advised of the possibility of such damages.  This paragraph
    shall survive the termination of this agreement.

E.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
    expertise sufficient in quality and quality to perform all such assignments
    and projects given it by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
    hereunder and agrees that it will perform all such assignments and projects
    in a manner commensurate with professional standards generally applicable
    to its industry.


F.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    The parties acknowledge that any modifications to the printed materials
    produced by its asthma program for EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE
    SERVICES are being created at the insistence of EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES and shall be deemed "work made for hire" under the
    United States copyright law.
    
    EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES shall have the right to use the
    whole work, any part of parts thereof, or none of the work, as it sees fit. 
    EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES may alter the work, add to it,
    or combine it with any other works, at it sole discretion.  Notwithstanding
    the foregoing, all original material submitted by Vendor as part of the
    work or as part of the process creating the work, including but not limited
    to listings, printouts, documentation, notes, reports, shall be the
    property of EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES whether or not
    EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES uses such material.  No rights
    are reserved by Vendor.
    
    All surveys, reports, data, documentation and all other information
    prepared by Vendor in connection with the performance of its services
    hereunder will become and remain EQUIFAX'S sole property.  Title to all
    material and documentation, including data furnished by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES to Vendor or delivered by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES into the Vendor's possession shall remain with
    EQUIFAX.  Vendor shall immediately return all such material or
    documentation within seven (7) days of any request by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES or upon the termination or conclusion of this
    Agreement, whichever shall occur first.
    
    EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES hereby grants Vendor a worldwide
    perpetual royalty free license to the data and information created by
    Vendor in connection with this agreement for purposes of making marketing
    presentations to other potential customers and for the development and
    sales of additional products based upon this data.  Vendor's use of this
    data is limited to instances where data will not be identified by patient
    or by client of EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.
    
    Vendor agrees it will not disclose to any third party, without the prior
    written consent of EQUIFAX, any proprietary or confidential information
    acquired from EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES under this
    Agreement, including trade secrets, business plans and confidential or
    other information which may be proprietary to EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.


<PAGE>
    

    Vendor warrants and represents that is has or will have the right, through
    written agreements with its employees, to secure for EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES the rights called for in this Section.  Further, in
    the event Vendor uses any subcontractor, even though subcontracting is not
    permitted by this Agreement, or other third party to perform any of the
    services contracted for under this Agreement, Vendor agrees to enter into
    such written agreements with such third party, and to take such other steps
    as are or may be required to secure for EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE
    SERVICES the rights called for in this Section.

G.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

    1.   Term
    
    This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in
    full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the project
    assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty (30) days written
    notice by either party to the other, sent by registered mail to the address
    for each party first set forth above, or to such other address which a
    party may designate for its receipt of notices hereunder.  This Agreement
    may be terminated by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES immediately
    in the event EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES is unable to obtain
    waivers from its customers regarding Vendor's services.

    2.   Payment on Termination

    Upon termination of this Agreement EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE
    SERVICES is to pay for all authorized work in process.

    3.   Transfer Upon Termination

    Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES or EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE'S
    representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or control
    and any copies thereof belonging to and paid for by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES, and all information regarding EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE'S project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth
    in Paragraph C herein.

    4.   Neither EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES nor Vendor shall be
    liable to the other for damages of any kind, including but not limited to
    lost profits or Incidental, punitive or consequential damages, relative to
    termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.2, even if
    advised of the possibility of such damages.

H.  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS
    
    Vendor shall at all times be an independent contractor and shall so
    represent itself to all third parties.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
    deemed to constitute either party the agent or legal representative of the
    other nor to constitute the parties as partners, agents or joint ventures
    of one another.


<PAGE>


I.  THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

    In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
    disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
    relations or promotional material for itself EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE'S its parent, subsidiaries or affiliate companies,
    nor disseminate any material of any kind using the name of EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES and/or EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE
    SERVICE'S such parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or using their
    trademarks, without the prior written approval of EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.


J.  GOVERNING LAW 

    This Agreement is entered into in the State of Texas and shall be
    constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that
    State.

K.  MISCELLANEOUS

    1)   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES and Vendor and their respective successors and
    permitted assigns.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not
    assignable in whole or in part by Vendor without the prior written consent
    of EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.  Factoring of accounts
    receivable is not permitted.

    2)   The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of
    this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the
    particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce
    any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law
    or this Agreement.

    3)   EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES is an Equal Opportunity
    Employer and does not discriminate against any person because of race,
    color, creed, age, sex, or national origin.  Vendor represents that it has
    the same policy of Equal Opportunity Employment.
       
    4)   This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with
    respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
    written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
    mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

    5)   The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be
    construed as part of this Agreement.

    6)   Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either
    party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder
    caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable
    control, including. but not limited to, failure of performance by the other
    party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements,
    inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of computer
    equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or data is
    obtained and transportation difficulties.


<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 21 day of June, 1996



EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE                     Disease State Management, Inc.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES, INC.          46 Prince Street
5001 Spring Valley Road                Rochester, New York 14607
Suite 1000E                       
Dallas, TX  75244



By:  /s/ M.E. Kenney                    By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
   ---------------------------             ---------------------------
Title: Vice President & C.O.O.             Title: President & C.E.O.
       -----------------------             ---------------------------   



<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     ATTACHMENT A


                                        ASTHMA
                                  DISEASE MANAGEMENT
                                       PROPOSAL



                     ____________________________________________

                                         FOR


                          EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION
                                       SERVICES


                                     PRESENTED BY

                           Disease State Management,-SM- Inc.
                                   46 Prince Street
                              Rochester, New York  14607
                                     716-244-1360







              Disease State Management and DSMI are registered service 
                       marks of Disease State Management, Inc.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      [*****]





<PAGE>


                                                                 EXHIBIT 23.2

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Patient Infosystems, 
Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated January 26, 1996, appearing in the 
Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the 
reference to us under the headings "Selected Financial Data" and "Experts" in 
such Prospectus.



DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
July 1, 1996




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission